Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
FLS2007-04019
"I, FLS2007m04019 1622 TURNER ST TRANSITIONAL LIVING PL R F R CORD: NOT ENT RED ATLAS # 297B ZONING: MDR LAND USE: RU RECEIVED: 04/06/2007 INCOMPLETE: zo - Z .i COMPLETE: MAPS: PHOTOS: STAFF REPORT: DRC : CDB: O� i a o Planning Department learwater 100 South Myrtle Avenue C Clearwater, Florida 33756 u Telephone: 727- 562.4567 Fax: 727- 562 -4865 ❑ SUBMIT ORIGINAL SIGNED AND NOTARIZED APPLICATION • SUBMIT 14 COPIES OF THE ORIGINAL APPLICATION -Plans and application are required to be collated, stapled, and folded into sets • SUBMIT APPLICATION FEE $ * NOTE: 15 TOTAL SETS OF INFORMATION REQUIRED (APPLICATIONS PLUS SITE PLAN SETS) FLEXIBLE STANDARD DEVELOPMENT APPLICATION (Revised 10/30/2006) PLEASE TYPE OR PRINT — A. APPLICANT, PROPERTY OWNER AND AGENT INFORMATION: (Code %S�eecctiion 4- 202.A) APPLICANT NAME: — e�J" rCeS 1 nc, 6(1 f 1 L K C/► 1 la MAILING ADDRESS: PHONE NUMBER: PROPERTY OWNER(S): List ALL owners on the deed AGENT NAME: MAILING ADDRESS: PHONE NUMBER: CELL NUMBER: B. PROPOSED DEVE PROJECT NAME: STREET ADDRESS PARCEL NUMBER(S): PARCEL SIZE (acres): LEGAL DESCRIPTION: PROPOSED USE(S): 1.'" DESCRIPTION OF REQUEST: Specifically identify the request (include number of units or square footage of non - residential use and all requested code deviations; e.g. reduction in required number of parking spaces, specific use, etc.) C:OacumeMa and FAX NUMBER: -,7 52-1 b 24� - FAX NUMBER: E -MAIL ADDRESS: NT INFORMATION: (Code Section 4-202.A) 5L l tol,a " {\ , P PROJECT VALUATION: $ OD) OQD 2- 2 3 D� X j ') 1:::� PARCEL SIZE (square feet): pora� mtemet Fues\oucaae0exible Page 1 of 7 01 )D (FLS) 20M.Wc ORIGINAL, RECEIVED Oil 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT ''I k`! OF CLEARWATER DOES THIS APPLICATION INVO HE TRANSFER OF DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR), VIOUSLY APPROVED PLANNED UNIT DEVELOPMENT, OR A PREVIOUSLY APPROVED (CERTIFIED) SITE PLAN? YES_ NO X (IF YES, ATTACH A COPY OF THE APPLICABLE DOCUMENTS) C. PROOF OF OWNERSHIP: (Code Section 4.202.A.5) SUBMIT A COPY OF THE TITLE INSURANCE POLICY, DEED TO THE PROPERTY, OR SIGN AFFIDAVIT ATTESTING OWNERSHIP SEE PAGE 7 D. WRITTEN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS (Code Section 3- 913.A) Provide complete responses to the six (6) GENERAL APPLICABLITY CRITERIA- Explain how each criteria is achieved, in detail: 1. The proposed development of the land will be in harmony with the scale, bulk, coverage, density and character of adjacent properties in which it is located. The proposed project is currently an older home located in a Medium Density Residential area. The property has been owned and operated by Family Resources, Inc. as a Community Residential Home for youth in crisis for over fifteen years. The surrounding area consists of small single family residences and small apartments. All buildings in the area are one and two stories and range from good to average .condition. Family Resources proposes to renovate the property, by slightly modifying the existing foot print of the building to enlarge bedrooms and improve the interior layout of the building, add a second floor to be used for storage, office space and open area. The improvements will maintain a residential appearance in scale, bulk, coverage, density and character of the adjacent properties in which it is located. 2. The proposed development will not hinder or discourage the appropriate development and use of the adjacent land and buildings or significantly impair the value thereof. The proposed project will provide the first significant renovation of a unit in the area. Such improvement may spur other improvement in this area. This type of improvement has historically improved property values of adjacent buildings and land. 3. . The proposed development will not adversely affect the health or safety of persons residing or working in the neighborhood of the proposed use. There are no health or safety issues typically associated with the programs or buildings owned and operated by Family Resources, this project, or its proposed use. 4. The proposed development is designed to minimize traffic congestion. There has been no history of traffic congestion associated with the existing use, nor is it anticipated that there will be an increase in traffic in the future. 5. The proposed development is consistent with the community character of the immediate vicinity of the parcel proposed for development. Family Resources has taken care to select a design that is in keeping with the character of the neighborhood. 6. The design of the proposed development minimizes the adverse effects, including visual, acoustic and olfactory and hours of operation impacts on adjacent properties. We anticipate no adverse effects associated with this project. As stated above, every effort has been made to maintain an attractive residential appearance which is in keeping with the Flexible Standard Development (FLS) 2006 Doc ORIGINAL Page 2 of 7 RECEIVED MAf 0 4 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER WRITTEN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Fle)dbility Criteria) The proposed project is an extensive renovation of 1622 Turner Street, in Clearwater Florida Currently, the property consists of a single family residence with three bedrooms, three bathrooms, one office, kitchen, dining and common areas. The home has been used for the past fifteen years as a Community Residential Home, and has housed between four and six teens for short term counseling and assistance. The lot area is 12,875 which exceed the minimum requirement for the MDR district of 5000 square feet. The lot width and depth also exceeds the minimum requirements as well. The current setbacks of 25 in front, 5 on the side and 10 in the rear will be maintained, as will the height requirements. The building will be constructed with a similar block and.stucco, with a metal roof. Landscaping will exceed the City's minimum standards, and will include an operating sprinkler system to maintain the materials optimally. The building will go from a one story to two stories to provide more space and a more efficient floor plan This will allow Family Resources to enlarge bedrooms, add staff space and reconfigure common areas creating a more functional floor plan. The neighborhood in which the parcel is located is a stable neighborhood where the average assessed value of improvements exceeds the assessed value of the home. The property is not located within 1000 feet of another parcel of land used for community residential home purposes. We are requesting consideration on the driveway, we show a 22" driveway which will allow a landscape buffer across the back of the building, which we believe will be a more attractive feature surrounding the building. The property will house up to twelve youth and up to five supervisors who work at the property in shifts. The youth do not drive and thus there is no need for additional parking. In addition, Family Resources requested that the design include as much green space and some area for the youth to play or eat outdoors. Unfortunately, our moving the parking off Yelvington where it is currently significantly reduces the play area. This design is an effort to meet both the City's requirements and provide some recreation area for the ORIGINAL RECEIVED Mflk 0 4 2 @J7 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER WgITTEN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Flexibility Criteria) �d/ Provide complete responses to the 'applicable flexibility criteria for the specific Use as listed in each Zoning District to which the waiver is requested (use separate sheets as necessary) — Explain how each criteria is achieved, in detail: STORMWATER PLAN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (City of Clearwater Storm Drainage Design Criteria Manual and 4- 202.A.21) ❑ A STORMWATER NARRATIVE MUST BE SUBMITTED WITH ALL APPLICATIONS. All applications that involve addition or modification of impervious surface, including buildings, must include a stormwater plan that demonstrates compliance with the City of Clearwater Storm Drainage Design Criteria manual. A reduction in impervious surface area does not qualify as an exemption to this requirement. ❑ if a plan is not required, the narrative shall provide an explanation as to why the site is exempt • At a minimum, the STORMWATER PLAN shall include the following; • Existing topography extending 50 feet beyond all property lines; ❑ Proposed grading including finished floor elevations of all structures; • All adjacent streets and municipal stone systems; • Proposed stormwater detention /retention area including top of bank, toe of slope and outlet control structure; ❑ A narrative describing the proposed stormwater control plan including all calculations and data necessary to demonstrate compliance with the City manual. ❑ Proposed stormwater detention /retention area including top of bank, toe of slope and outlet control structure; ❑ Signature and seal of Florida Registered Professional Engineer on all plans and calculations. ❑ COPY OF PERMIT INQUIRY LETTER OR SOUTHWEST FLORIDA WATER MANAGEMENT DISTRICT (SWFWMD) PERMIT SUBMITTAL (SWFWMD approval is required prior to issuance of City Building Permit), if applicable ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF STORMWATER PLAN REQUIREMENTS (Applicant must initial one of the following): Stormwater plan as noted above is included Stormwater plan is not required and explanation narrative is attached. At a minimum, a grading plan and finished floor elevations shall be provided. CAUTION — IF APPLICATION REVIEW RESULTS IN THE REQUIREMENT FOR A STORMWATER PLAN AND NONE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED, APPLICATION MUST BE RESUBMITTED AND SIGNIFICANT DELAY MAY OCCUR. If you have questions regarding these requirements, contact the City Public Works Administration Engineering Department at (727) 562 -4750. F. SUPPLEMENTAL SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Code Section 4- 202.A) SIGNED AND SEALED SURVEY (including legal description of property) — One original and 14 copies; . TREE SURVEY (including existing trees on site and within 25' of the adjacent site, by species, size (DBH 4' or greater), and location, / including drip lines and indicating trees to be removed).— please design around the existing trees; (7 TREE INVENTORY; prepared by a *certified arborisY, of all trees 4' DBH or greater, reflecting size, canopy (drip lines) and condition of such trees; O LOCATION MAP OF THE PROPERTY; ❑ PARKING DEMAND STUDY in conjunction with a request to make deviations to the parking standards (ie. Reduce number of spaces). Prior to the submittal of this application, the methodology of such study shall be approved by the Community Development Coordinator and shall be in accordance with accepted traffic engineering principles. The findings of the study will be used in determining whether or not deviations to the parking standards are approved; ❑ GRADING PLAN, as applicable; • PRELIMINARY PLAT, as required (Note: Building permits will not be issued until evidence of recording a final plat is provided); • COPY OF RECORDED PLAT, as applicable; C:Omments and Settingslderek.fergusonlocai SettingskTemporary Internet Hes10LK389*1exNe Standard Development (FLS) 20M.doc ORIGINAL . Page 3 of 7 RECEIVED MY 04 2001 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER G. SITE PLAN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Section 4- 202.A) V SITE PLAN with the following information (not to exceed 24' x 36'): Index sheet referencing individual sheets included in package; North arrow; Engineering bar scale (minimum scale one inch equals 50 feet), and date prepared; _ All dimensions; _ Footprint and size of all EXISTING buildings and structures; Footprint and size of all PROPOSED buildings and structures; All required setbacks; All existing and proposed points of access; All required sight triangles; Identification of environmentally unique areas, such as watercourses,. wetlands, tree masses, and specimen trees, including _ description and location of understory, ground cover vegetation and wildlife habitats, etc; Location of all public and private easements; _ Location of all street rights -of -way within and adjacent to the site; Location of existing public and private utilities, including fire hydrants, storm and sanitary sewer lines, manholes and lift stations, gas and water lines; _ All parking spaces, driveways, loading areas and vehicular use areas; _ Depiction by shading or crosshatching of all required parking lot interior landscaped areas; Location of all solid waste containers, recycling or trash handling areas and outside mechanical equipment and all required screening (per Section 3- 201(D)(i) and Index #701); Location of all landscape material; Location of all onsite and offstte storm -water management facilities; Location of all outdoor lighting fixtures; and f�_ Location of all existing and proposed sidewalks. SITE DATA TABLE for existing, required, and proposed development, in written /tabular form: EXISTING REQUIRED PROPOSED Land area in square feet and acres; _ Number of EXISTING dwelling units; Number of PROPOSED dwelling units; _ Gross floor area devoted to each use; Parking spaces: total number, presented in tabular foml with the _ number of required spaces; Total paved area, including all paved parking spaces & driveways, expressed in square feet & percentage of the paved vehicular area; Official records book and page numbers of all existing utility easement; Building and structure heights; Impermeable surface ratio (I.S.R.); and Floor area ratio (F.A.R.) for all nonresidential uses. REDUCED COLOR SITE PLAN to scale (8 %X 11); FOR DEVELOPMENTS OVER ONE ACRE, provide the following additional information on site plan: One -foot contours or spot elevations on site; Offsite elevations if required to evaluate the proposed stormwater management for the parcel; All open space areas; _ Location of all earth or water retaining walls and earth berms; Lot lines and building lines (dimensioned); Streets and drives (dimensioned); Building and structural setbacks (dimensioned); Structural overhangs; C:Ommerds and SetCngsberek.fergusonl =l SettingslTemporaiy Intemet FilesloLK389%Flexible St3ndard Development (FLS) 2006.doc ORIGINAL Page 4 of 7 RECEIVED i d.i 'I D �1 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER / H. LANDSCAPING PLAN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Section 4- 1102.A) LANDSCAPE PLAN with the following information (not to exceed 24" x 36 "): All existing and proposed structures; Names of abutting streets; Drainage and retention areas including swales, side slopes and bottom elevations; Delineation and dimensions of all required perimeter landscape buffers; Sight visibility triangles; Delineation and dimensions of all parking areas including landscaping islands and curbing; Existing trees on -site and immediately adjacent to the site, by species, size and locations, including ddplines (as indicated on required tree survey); Location, size, and quantities of all existing and proposed landscape materials, indicated by a key relating to the plant schedule; Plant schedule with a key (symbol or label) indicating the size, description, specifications, quantifies, and spacing requirements of all _ existing and proposed landscape materials, including botanical and common names; Typical planting details for trees, palms, shrubs and ground cover plants including instructions, -soil mixes, backtilling, mulching and _ protective measures; Interior landscaping areas hatched and/or shaded and labeled and interior landscape coverage, expressing in both square feet and percentage covered; Conditions of a previous development approval (e.g. conditions imposed by the Community Development Board); Irrigation notes. C!y/ REDUCED COLOR LANDSCAPE PLAN to scale (8 % X 11); l)7 COMPREHENSIVE LANDSCAPE PROGRAM application, as applicable. Landscape associated with the Comprehensive Landscape Program shall exceed minimum Code requirements to offset the areas where minimum Code will not be met. I. BUILDING ELEVATION PLAN SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: (Section 4- 202.A.23) W/ BUILDING ELEVATION DRAWINGS—with the following information: All sides of all buildings; Dimensions; Colors (provide one full sized set of colored elevations); and Materials. l REDUCED BUILDING ELEVATIONS —same as above to scale on 8% X 11. J. SIGNAGE: (Division 18. SIGNS /Section 3 -1806) O All EXISTING freestanding and attached signs; Provide photographs and dimensions (area, height, etc.), indicate whether they will be removed or to remain. O All PROPOSED freestanding and attached signs; Provide details including location, size, height, colors, materials and drawing; freestanding signs shall include the street address (numerals) O Comprehensive Sign Program application, as applicable (separate application and fee required). O Reduced signage proposal (8' /z X 11) (color), if submitting Comprehensive Sign Program application. C:0=rnenta and Settlngslderek.fergusantocal SetfmgsiTemporary Internet FBes%OLK3Mexible Standard Deve"ment (FLS) 2006.doc ORIGINAL Page 5 of 7 RECEIVES MAY 04 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER K. TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY: (Section 4- 202.A.13 and 4- 801.C) ❑ include if required by the Traffic Operations Manager or his/her designee or if the proposed development: ■ Will degrade the acceptable level of service for any roadway as adopted in the Comprehensive Plan. • Will generate 100 or more new vehicle directional trips per hour and /or 1000 or more new vehicle trips per day. Will affect a nearby roadway segment and/or intersection with five (5) reportable accidents within the prior twelve (12) month period or that is on the City's annual list of most hazardous intersections. Trip generation shall be based on the most recent edition of the Institute of Transportation Engineer's (ITE) Trip General Manual. The Traffic Impact Study must be prepared in accordance with a 'Scoping Meeting' held with the Traffic Operations Manager and the Planning Department's Development Review Manager or their designee (727 - 562 -4750) Refer to Section 4 -801 C. of the Community Development Code for exceptions to this requirement. ❑ Acknowledgement of traffic impact study requirements (Applicant must initial one of the following): Traffic Impact Study is included. The study must include a summary table of pre- and post - development levels of service for all roadway legs and each turning movement at all intersections identified in the Scoping Meeting. Traffic Impact Study is not required. CAUTION — IF APPLICATION REVIEW RESULTS IN THE REQUIREMENT FOR A TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY AND NONE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED, APPLICATION MUST BE RESUBMITTED AND SIGNIFICANT DELAY MAY OCCUR. if you have questions regarding these requirements, contact the City Public Works Administration Engineering Department at (727) 562- 4750. L. FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS/ WATER STUDY: Provide Fire Flow Calculations. Water Study by a FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER to assure an adequate water supply is available and to determine if any upgrades are required by the developer due to the impact of this project The water supply must be able to support the needs of any required fire sprinkler, standpipe and /or fire pump. If a fire pump is required the water supply must be able to supply 150% of its rated capacity. Compliance with the 2004 Florida Fire Prevention Code to include NFPA 13, MFPA 14, NFPA 20, NFPA 291, and MFPA 1142 (Annex H) is required. ❑ Acknowledgement of fire flow calculations/water study requirements (Applicant must initial one of the following): _ Fire Flow Calculations/Water Study is included. Fire Flow Calculations/Water Study is not required. CAUTION — IF APPLICATION REVIEW RESULTS IN THE REQUIREMENT FOR A FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS/ WATER STUDY AND NONE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED, APPLICATION MUST BE RESUBMITTED AND SIGNIFICANT DELAY MAY OCCUR. If you have questions regarding these requirements, contact the City Fire Prevention Department at (727) 562 -4334. M. SIGNATURE: I, the undersigned, acknowledge that all representations made in this application are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge and authorize City representatives to visit and photograph the property described in this application. Sign ure of property owner or repre tative STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF PINELIZS Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of 2 _ , A.D. 20_0:2_ to mor by l :t-o IA -,—, who is personalty known has priced as identification. Notary public, a1�Y' My commission expires: CRUZMELOMEi _` g TA Nofafy Pubk - MM of Cormrie" f 00 814"2 C:Vmmerds and Settlngsldereldergusonlocai Set ingsVTemporary Internet FilestOLK3890exiDle Standard Dev4lbpn%ht ACS) c� r p L- Page ti of 7 1 Pi _ RECEIVED MA I ® 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER a a N. 1. 2. 3. AFFIDAVIT TO AUTHORIZE AGENT: Provide �names s/o�f-all property owners on deed - PRINT full names:` VC_►±- q —� ► -- Y • (l�� ��/y�� � ' - - -- That (I am/we are) the owner(s) and record title holders) of the following described property (address or general location): That this property constitutes the property for which 'arrequest for a: (describe request) W 0.-m exnp �Thattbe 4. as/have) appoln and (does/do) a oint ►/J p 1 lug `Q /� a —— as (his /their) agent(s) to execute any petitions or other documents necessary to affect Qch petition; 5. That this affidavit has been executed to induce the City of Clearwater, Florida to consider and act on the above described property; 6. That site visits to the property are necessary by City representatives in order to process this application and the owner authorizes City representatives to visit and photograph the property described in this application; 7. That (I/ e), the undersi ed a th rity, hereby certify that the foregoing is true and correct Property Ownerd Property Owner J Property Owner Property Owner STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF PINELLAS Before me the undersigned, an officer duly commissioned by the laws of the State of Florida, on this day of jZ(,ErU� personally appeared who having been first duly sworn Deposes and says that he /she fully understands the contents o the affidavit that he /she signed.. l� UMg . PN� r P py CRUZ MEL.ENDEZ /} � � 8bta OI Flom :...... r Notary PubNc - - - -- - -- - --- ------- - - - - -- -- =� a *Conrnhtl0pEx*0=Nor14.201 otary Public Signatu Commission t DD 614772 My Expires: 1/ 111q1, - a u Notary Seal / ,�'r°rfn�a•• Commission ORIGINAL RECEIVED C:O=ments and SettingsWerek.fergusonlocal SettingsUemporary Internet FileslOLK38Wlexible Standard Development (FLS) 200 06MING DEPARTMENT Page 7 of 7 CITY OF CLEARWATER FORM 115 FLORIDA DEW �� 84�.99079 � -. �. executive line 0. �. 5646 PACE M Ol .Made this 20th day of July .4. D. 19 84 `'` and September 20, 1984, respectively 40 Rec irfritrPit 41DSi/ 0 WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife 43 lol c,-4= T� of the County of Pinellas and State of Florida parties of the first part, and p C, 13o;C / o87 ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC. 4r. 33139 a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Florida. , having its principal place of business in the County of Pinellas and State of Florida party of the second part, C4 t UMNSP4, that the said part of the ftrat part, for and in consideration of the sum of ten and no/ 100------=----------------- - - - - -- Dollars, _ to them in hared paid, the receipt whereof' is hereby acknowledged, ha granted, barfained, sold, aliened, remised, released, enfeoffed, conveyed and con- = ftrrned and by these presents.does grant, bargain, sell, alien, remise, release, enfeoff, convey and confirm unto the said party of the second part and its succes- s r sore and assigns forever, all that certain parcel of land lying and being in the County of Pinellas and State of Florida, more particularly L. described as follows. LOT 33, less the East 7.0 feet thereof, and all of LOT 32, LONGVIEW, according to the map or plat thereof as recorded in Plat Book 11, page 38, Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. 14 1463MO 72 1. 21! SUBJECT TO 1984 taxes and years subsequent thereto. 40 9.90 = SUBJECT TO restrictions, reservations and easements of rduord, spa%, z but this provision shall not serve to re- impose same. TOTAL 437.05 1 UJU SUBJECT TO that certain mortgage executed by WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO ►`'- and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife, in favor of STOCKTON, WHATLEY, fF DAVIN & COMPANY, dated 8/20/76, recorded 8/26/76, in O.R. Book " U 4447, page 466, Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida, in the h;Q¢ sum of $39,500.00, which sum ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC., expressly assumes and agrees to pay; and also hereby assumes and ,Q� agrees to.pay all the obligations of,WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife. in regard to said loan. -MIS Inst9weem vras psePeled by 9ert M M1* Documentary Tax Pd. . of America" 'rte Insurance COMPS-'17' S ~ .................. Intangible Tai Pd. Ctearellaier, Flor;''.rs -3515. Irtet *Rnt to the Issuence_M1kF. la . aerk PlnWIW Candy of a tine insurance GerltraeL awk >*w with all the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances, with every privilege, right, title, interest and estate, dower and right of dower, reversion, remainder and easement thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining: (1 ii Ran aub to Nalit the same in fee simple forever. And the said parties of the first part does covenant with the said party of the second part that they lawfully seized of the said premises, that they are free of all incurnbrance, and that they have Good right and lawful authority to sell the same; and that said parties of the first part doth hereby fully/ warrant the title to said land, and will defend the same adainst the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever. .Jtt WhIT58 N4PiPIIf, the said parties of the first part ha a hereunto set their hand and seal the day and year above written. inled and Delivered in Our Pimenee: LEGAL SUPPLY G�u��L.•�e�y , — EMITHER C. TOIGOO— 2 @07 NO DEPARTMENT )F CLEARWATER STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS I HEREBY CERTIFY thadn this day before me, an officer qualified to take acknowledgemMWs, personally appeared ESTHER C. TOIGO, a married woman to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoiin instrument and acknowledged before me Ae execution of same_ WITNESS My hand and official seal in County State last aforesai this _ day of July, 1984. j,, My commission expires•. - NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF FLORtD7C MY COMMISSION EXPIRES SEPT 28 1986 to +rZ 60 +#fie ivfIm-id� Ohmutg of Pinellas to z tY 41tut �wv 03-70 6L066 -TvP CE •��i ..'f • -nS i•n n 0 'o 0 z 3 iImby fa rft That on this 20th day of September .4. D. 1984 , before me personally appeared WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO, a married man to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing conveyance to ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC. and severally acknowledged the execution thereof to be his free act and deed for the uses and purposes therei�en�� mentioned: Itt woo my signature and official seal at .•.. Clearwater. in the County of Pinellas ;' Florida, the day and year last aforesaid. 'hate.-of •� +.;'" (Seal) My Cornrnission Expires easy Public 1i I my. cam ORIGINAL RECEIVED s �i11' Q 4 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER �i -,— TIRED TO: FAMILY RESOURCES 90 S. HighlaTrd Ave, 19 Tarpon Springs, Ftorida 34689 ne (727) 945 -1073 (727) 945 -8343 See. 14, Twp. 29 S., Rng. 15 E.• Pinellas County. Florida Field Book 29, Page 26 Job #22172 t eaal Des�ri t( Lion: (As Provided) Lot 32, together with Lot 33, LESS the East 7 feet thereof.. LONGVIEW, as recorded in Plot Book 11, Page 38, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. NeThis Survey was prepared without the benefit of a complete Title Search and /or Commitment and may be subject to additional Easements, Restrictions. Covenants and /or other Conditions of Title. L 0 T 3 0 F.O.P. 3/4' — v i L 0 T 3 1 vN iV 1 o I F.O.P. 3/4' GUY wRE 10275' C (P Z 1, S88-30.08 "E (M) 102.91' ( uunuTy 0artifM For._ Boundary Survey to.a - 59.75' (P) ' POLE i4 50'. (P) 15 3' under my supervision and that the survey meets the Minimum .•.P. FOUND PINCHED PON PiPE SIZE INDICATED (D) DEED � WOOD ) ' 7 CONC.'_� .� F.N.D. FOUND NAIL AND MW P PLAT Land Surveyors and Mappers In Chapter 61617 -6, Florida �pp} SJN.D. SET I/AL AND DISK. PEA MFS! C CMALNTRJ YID Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 472.027. Florida Statues. F.GLL. FOUND COtICREiE M P.R.M. PERMANENT REiQO= MONUMENT G CONCRETE Survey not valid without the signature and the original hLgh-- Y P.C.P. PERMANENT GONTRfA PORNi P.O.C. POINT OF COMMDIrfMENT CDV. COVERED raised seat of a Florido Licensed Surve . d Map w PA& PAVEMENT ELEV. ELENATON C C3 ; L O T 3 2 �) Field Survey Date old E stro g Jr. = FENCE t $ +;• r •. - 4' CHAIN OIL Z ..-y' �•• . •i LINK FENCE LIJ S 7 a. ' f• 30.3' IF .ti in a r , 43.6,x. N b7.5V' z � o (O SLAB) 0 1 C 'I� ' .�: -•s_: N 27.7' m �4 z .. -'�' �• CONC - :� W e !—"-DRIVE ONE SI�ORY MASONRY h > J - ` ' •� % -' BUIL• INCA #1622 ui b O LL) n i' ,°o O O o 33.0' o 25.7 22.1' a cov. CCNC. iF J O MASONRY I NPRINTER L O T 3 3b I 991-`g 50. (P) n 59.8' (P) 43' (C) N88'42'00 "W (M) 102.82' y F.O.P. 1' 102.80' (C) I ie mY CONC CURB (TYP 60' R/W (P) _27 ASPH. PVMT. - E. TURNER STREET CENTRAL AVENUE (P) F.I.R. 5/8' L.B. x!3889 =OF= - -- i` 1 In . C1 I N r LESS THE EAST.7' LOT 33 (D) I� NI N. LOT 34 OI 0 O fn - V CHAP/ I UNIC FENCE 0 W Q U VI L 0 T 3 5 I.R. 5/8' I /F.I.R. 1/2" 50• �P) XY NBB- 38'16 "W (M) '57.06' ui n. 57' (C) SURVEYOR'S REPORT Surveyor. Use of this Survey by anyone other than those Certified To will be he a r, s Ile risk without beiablityto this shown unless >_) No underground encroachments If an foundations, structures, sprinklers. and/or otherri. Indicated hereon S.) No Instruments of record reflecting easements; - tights of way, restrictions and /or ownership were provided to this surveyor unless otherwise indicated hereon l.) The above described property appears to toil in Zone X. as shown on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (F.E.M.A.), National Flood Insurance Program. Flood Insurance Rate Map (F.I.R.M.), Community /125096 . Panel 10016 -0. Index Date 8/18/92. Map Revised 8/19/91. Bass Flood Devotion of N/A feet. Mean Sea Leval (M.S.L.) 00.00'. i.�Basis of Bearings East R/W of Yelvington Ave. - N 017'00'00, W (Assumed) All Rearinas and Distance shown hereon are Plot and Field Measured unless otherwise shown. ABBREVIATION LEGEND: 0artifM For._ Boundary Survey LR FOUND PION pO qp, S�IZE INDICATED R SET IRON ROD. 1/T P.LSF9063 SEC. SECTION TVP. TOWISNIP This certifies that o survey of the property shown hereon was mod P. FOUND OPEN IRON PIPC SIZE INDICATED RGE. RANGE under my supervision and that the survey meets the Minimum .•.P. FOUND PINCHED PON PiPE SIZE INDICATED (D) DEED Technical Standards set forth by the Florida Board of Professional F.N.D. FOUND NAIL AND MW P PLAT Land Surveyors and Mappers In Chapter 61617 -6, Florida �pp} SJN.D. SET I/AL AND DISK. PEA MFS! C CMALNTRJ YID Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 472.027. Florida Statues. F.GLL. FOUND COtICREiE M P.R.M. PERMANENT REiQO= MONUMENT G CONCRETE Survey not valid without the signature and the original hLgh-- Y P.C.P. PERMANENT GONTRfA PORNi P.O.C. POINT OF COMMDIrfMENT CDV. COVERED raised seat of a Florido Licensed Surve . d Map P.0.8. POINT OF BEGMrLND R.LS. REGISTERSED LAND SURVEYOR PA& PAVEMENT ELEV. ELENATON 9/5/02 PAS. PROFESSIONAL LAND 91RVEYOR P.S.M. PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR t MAPPER TIP. TYPICAL R/W RIGHT -OF -WAY Field Survey Date old E stro g Jr. L� LAND Blr51rrE55 Fl I Su a Registration f500 ORIGINAL RECEIVED Nfif 0 4 2007 1` LANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER 0 0 K. TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY: (Section 4- 202.A.13 and 4- 801.C) ❑ Include if required by the Traffic Operations Manager or his /her designee or if the proposed development: Will degrade the acceptable level of service for any roadway as adopted in the Comprehensive Plan. • Will generate 100 or more new vehicle directional trips per hour and /or 1000 or more new vehicle trips per day. • Will affect a nearby roadway segment and/or intersection with five (5) reportable accidents within the prior twelve (12) month period or that is on the City's annual list of most hazardous intersections. Trip generation shall be based on the most recent edition of the Institute of Transportation Engineer's (ITE) Trip General Manual. The Traffic Impact Study must be prepared in accordance with a 'Scoping Meeting" held with the Traffic Operations Manager and the Planning Department's Development Review Manager or their designee (727- 5624750) Refer to Section 4 -801 C of the Community Development Code for exceptions to this requirement. Acknowledgement of traffic impact study requirements (Applicant must initial one of the following): Traffic Impact Study is included. The study must include a summary table of pre- and post - development levels of service for all roadway legs and each turning movement at all intersections identified in the Scoping Meeting. Traffic Impact Study is not required. CAUTION — IF APPLICATION REVIEW RESULTS IN THE REQUIREMENT FOR A TRAFFIC IMPACT STUDY AND NONE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED, APPLICATION MUST BE RESUBMITTED AND SIGNIFICANT DELAY MAY OCCUR. If you have questions regarding these requirements, contact the City Public Works Administration Engineering Department at (727) 562- 4750. L. FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS/ WATER STUDY: Provide Fire Flow Calculations. Water Study by a FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER to assure an adequate water supply is available and to determine if any upgrades are required by the developer due to the impact of this project. The water supply must be able to support the needs of any required fire sprinkler, standpipe and /or fire pump. If a fire pump is required the water supply must be able to supply 150% of its rated capacity. Compliance with the 2004 Florida Fire Prevention Code to include NFPA 13, MFPA 14, NFPA 20, NFPA 291, and MFPA 1142 (Annex H) is required. ❑ Acknowledgement of fire flow calculations/water study requirements (Applicant must initial one of the following): /Fife Flow Calculations/Water Study is included. LL Fire Flow Calculations/Water Study is not required. CAUTION — IF APPLICATION REVIEW RESULTS IN THE REQUIREMENT FOR A FIRE FLOW CALCULATIONS/ WATER STUDY AND NONE HAS BEEN SUBMITTED, APPLICATION MUST BE RESUBMITTED AND SIGNIFICANT DELAY MAY OCCUR. If you have questions regarding these requirements, contact the City Fire Prevention Department at (727) 562 -4334. M. SIGNATURE: I, the undersigned, acknowledge that all representations made in this application are true and accurate to the best of my knowledge and authorize City representatives to visit and photograph the property described in this application. 6Z,�I e 14&Allivg�� Sigddure of property owner or represdhtative STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF PINELLAS Sworn to and subscribed before me this day of A.D. 20 O 7 to meo by _,o, who is personally known has produced as identification. Notary public, My commission expires: C:O=Meds and settingsWrWfergusontocal SettlngsRemporary IMenJJ—F Bb f lexible Standard Page 6 of 7RECEIVED Ai R. 0 0 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER "OWp Polk - ftM d CR 1--in n 800 4tgil N. AFFIDAVIT TO AUTHORIZE AGENT: 1. Provide names of all property owners on deed - PRINT full names: � V� n�. 2. That (I am /we are) the owner(s) and record title holder(s) of the following described property (address or general location); 3. That this property constitutes the property for which a request for a: (describe.request) I?xnoA dAAmz 4. Tha the u rsigned haslhave) appo'n and (doesldooint l�l� ► l �-fiud f 1 as (his /their) agent(.) to execute any petitions or other documents necessary to affect ch petition; 5. That this affidavit has been executed to induce the City of Clearwater, Florida to consider and act on the above described property; S. That site visits to the property are necessary by City representatives in order to process this application and the owner authorizes City representatives to visit and photograph the property described in this application; 7. That (=)the der s rity, hereby certify that the foregoing is true and correct. ly Property Ownerjj Property Owner Property Owner Property Owner STATE OF FLORIDA, COUNTY OF PINELLAS / Before me the undersigned, an officer duly commissioned by the laws of the State of Florida, on this w day of personally appeared mkt+► �C X� ei� who having been first duly sworn Deposes and says that he / full understands the contents of the affidavit that he /she signed. s he y �M� C" I�N"y PNNo - D �� M otary Public Sig /natu � b-a Notary Seal/ mp':};o� s My Commission Expires: / RECEIVED APR 0 6 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER C:Vmments and SettingsWerek.fergusonlLocal SetfingslTempormy Internet FilaM0LK389WWxiW0 Standard Development (FLS) 2006.doc Page 7 of 7 iw�i FORM 125 FLORIDA - WARRANTY DEED `T° 'm°' $4199079 IF— executive line a: L5846 PACE M Q ' If TWO PLANP CITY Ol Fade this 20th day Of July .1. D. 19 84 and September 20, 1984, respectively 40 REc _.- PfTltPpn 41 D5`F/ . 0� WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife 43 Ea[ 0 of the County of Pinellas and State of Florida parties of the fast part, and pC oX 8y ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC. d'T. ;� MA93 a corporation miistinf under the laws of the State of Florida. , havi-n•d its principal place of business in. the County of Pinellas and State of Florida party of the second part, 3NUU13114. that the said part of the first part, for and in consideration "? of the sung of ten and no/ 100------=---- ----------- -- ------ Dollars, to them in. hand paid, the receipt whereof is hereby acknowledged, ha granted, bargained, sold, aliened, remised, released, enfeoffed, conveyed and con- Lb firmed and these presents.does grant, bargain, sell, alien, remise, release; enfeoff, convey and conf rnz unto the said parts/ of the second part and its. succes- J sops and assigns forever, all that certain parcel of land lying and being in the Colmty of Pinellas and State of Florida, more - particularly c Coll described as follows: LOT 33, less the East 7.0 feet thereof, and all of LOT 32., LONGVIEW, according to the map or plat thereof as recorded in Plat Book 11, page 38, Public Records of Pinellas County, Florid} 146395?98 72 1. 24: SUBJECT TO 1984 taxes and years subsequent thereto. 99 9.00 I SUBJECT TO restrictions, reservations and easements of rddord., fli�a r, but this provision shall not serve to re- impose same. TOTAL 427.85 I w SUBJECT TO that certain mortgage executed by WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife, in favor of STOCKTON, WHATLEY, f F` DAVIN & COMPANY, dated 8/20/76, recorded 8/26/76, in O.R. Book 4447, page 466, Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida, in the sum of $39,500.00, which sum ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC., �¢ expressly assumes and agrees to pay; and also hereby assumes and agrees to -pay all the obligations of WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO and ESTHER C. TOIGO, his wife, in regard to said loan. This fnstrmaerk vraa pyapaled by MBftVO i,'MI* Documentary Tax Pd. $. �44X t_> e of AMeftan 'nft jusufartee Company, $.� .................. intangible Tax Pd, Clearwater, Florida :�35l5, €rtc.'3c�rt to t8e issuance Xi* F. lacer, Clerk, Pintt1141 COfffify of a tiva insurance contract. 0y �t,�j, .. D i i>lnp*er with all the tenements, hereditaments and appurtenances, with every privilege, right, title, interest and estate, dower and right of dower, reversion, remainder and easement thereto belonging or in anywise appertaining: (U1 it 311Ue no to IWO the same in fee simple forever. And the said parties of the first part does covenant with the said party of the second part that they lawfully seized of the said premises, that they are free of all incumbrance, and that .they have good right and lawful authority to sell the same; and that said parties of the first. part Both hereby fully/ warrant the title to said land, and -will defend the same against the lawfuZ claims of all persons whomsoever. At Ifunros 394neaf, the said parties of the first part ho s Faereunto set their hand and seal the day and year above written. and Delivered in Our Prew —c: LEGAL SUPPLY 062007 G DEPARTMENT CLEARWATER o. a. 5846 - FACE 815 STATE OF FLORIDA COUNTY OF PINELLAS I 10 HEREBY CERTIFY that on this day before me, an officer d. to to take acknowledgements, personally appeared ESTHER C. TOIGO, a married woman to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foregoing instrument and acknowledged before me a execution of same- WITNESS m hand and official seal in h County State last aforesaid this o�o day of July, 1984. ,r My commission e�[pires _- TARY PUBLIC tate of F�. )' !Ldg ` -- NOTARY PUBLSC STATE OF FLORID MY ComMiSS10N EXPIRES SEPT 2B 1986 �ONpm LNRU GENERAL 1NSURAN 09 �^ 1 m 0 n ® ° � O o C9 � r� +9 0 Z z � 3-r a �z 60 I'3wv RECEIV 033 2rr 0 6L06i5T,R APR 0 n PLANNING D owt of CITY QE CL6 Tountg of Pinellas .3 $9rA9 (Qritifn That on this 20th day of September .4. D. 1984 , before me personally appeared WILLIAM ANGELO TOIGO, a married man to me known to be the person described in and who executed the foredoine conveyance to ALTERNATIVE HUMAN SERVICES, INC. and severally acknowledied the execution thereof to be his free act and deed for the uses and purposes there n mentioned: my signature and offtcial seal at .Clearwater in the County of Pinellas �nrr -eof Florida, the day and � ,l ;,j,` (Seal) year last aforesaid. - -• •�Y. -- My Commission Expires - Wta6y Public �fotar�' wi StBi� Q/ Roridar. Barad 1 R.h"Y;F?,hmr��;t.7:SsG.:.;, ". 4 .4 ATUP 11 U Y 6L6 au ,ti . --if .. .— v ...y — . . Professional Land Surveyor 90 ighland Ave, 19 Tarporngs, Florida 34689 Phone (727) 945 -1073 Fax (727 ) 945 -8343 - -TiE TO: FAMILY RESOURCES Sec. 14, Twp. 29 S., Rng. 15 E.- Pinellas County. Florida Field Book 29, Page 25 Job #22172 Legal Description: (As Provided) Lot 32, together with Lot 33, LESS the East 7 feet thereof.. LONGVIEW, as recorded in Plat Book 11, Page 38, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Note: This Survey was prepared without the benefit of a complete Title Search and /or Commitment and may be subject to additional Easements, Restrictions, Covenants and /or other Conditions of Title. LOT 3 0 F.O.P. 3/4" — L 0 T 3 1 in uI In °o F.O.P. 3/4' n Z - GUY NnRE 10275' (C) I F.I.R. 5 /e' r 30' (P S88'30'08 "E (M) 102.91 ` d LB. #3889 w WOOD J Q UTILITY 1D.4 - 59.75' (P) N POLE 75 3' N 50' (P) -: t FENCE (TYP) ' �CONC. ;�'• a I. LQ N 3 L 0 T 3 2 7 v6' WOW N w I r Z I FENCE x ZI 0- 8 �:, .. -. LINK FENCE . -i• • -' LIJ i a '1 ' `' LESS THE EAST.7' a- --,130.3- 3 r jY LOT 33 (D) Q < 75 43.6 �. a -* N SLAB) METAL SHE O1 10. o® (NO B) r' -. i _ . ^ 27.7' } N ZIP -•N'�; CONC.' i•'� to OI 3: DRIVE I W a ONE S1�0RY MASONRY w- `�•'' •� BUIL ING #1622 16 o• L 0 T 3 4 L 0 T F OI I 3 5 � O o 33.0' o < O 25.7' 22.1' COV. CONC. .F 16.1' 01 = 0 MASONRY 4' CHAIN z Q PLANTER I L 0 T 3 3 NIC FfrtcE I Jim `� N to 0yY N :I.R 5/B" F.I.R. 1/2" I FIRE 9� 59.8' (P) 43' (C) 50' (P) R WT u N88-42'00 "W (M) 102.82' NB8'38.16 "W (M) '57.06' vA F.O.P. 1' 10280' (C) In a 57' (C) I K I.Y CONIC. CURB (TYP b n 60' R P _2T ASPH. PVML_ E. TURNER STREET CENTRAL AVENUE (P) SURVEYOR'S REPORT Use of this Survey by anyone other than those Certified To w111 be rinklerss,, wands or sole utilities hove been Liability to this Surveyor. d/ shown unless ?.) No underground encroachments it an foundations, structures, sp / Otherwise indicated hereon S.) No Instruments of record reflecting easements tights of way, restrictions and /or ownership were provided to this surveyor unless otherwise Indicated hereon. I.) The above described property appears to foil in Zone X. as shown on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (F.E Notional Flood Insurance Program, Flood Insurance Rate Mop (F.I.R.M.), Community #125096 Panel #0016 —D, Index Date B/18/92. Mop Revised 8/19/91, Base Flood Elevation of N/A fM n Sea Level (M.S.L.) = 00.00'. i.) Boots of Bearings: East R/W of Yelvngton Ave. = N DD'00'00' W (Assumed)otherwise i.) All Bearings and Distance shown hereon are Plat and Field Measured unless shown. ABBREVIATION LEGEND: Dz l& For Boundary Survey LR FOUND PMX R= SIZE INDICATE SEC. SECTION t SET IRON ROD. t/r P.LS./SDBS TWP. TOWNSHIP This certifies that o survey of the property shown hereon wag mod P. FOUND OPEN IRAN pIPC ME INDICATED RGL RANGE under my supervision and that the survey meets the Minimum . -.P. FOUND PINCHED IRON PIPC S2E INDICATED (G) DEED Technical Standards set forth by the Florida Board of Professional F.N.D. FOUND NAIL AND DISC P PLAT land Surveyors and Mappers in Chapter 61G7776, Florida SN.D. SET NAIL AND DISK P.LS H3 MEASURED F.C.M. FOUND CONCRETE M T CALCULATED Administrative Code, pursuant' to Section 472.027. Florida Statues. P.R.M. PERMANENT REFERENCE MONUMENT CONCRETE Serve not valid without the signature and the original P.C.P. PERMANENT CONTROL PONT COV. COVERED Note- Y P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT ASM ASPHALT raised seal of a Florida Licensed Serve d Map P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING PUNT: PAYMENT ILLS REGISTERSFD LAND SURVEYOR ELEV. ELEVATION 9/5/02 P.L.S. PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR TYP. TYPICAL P.SM. PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR k MAPPER LBO. RIGHT-OF-WAY BField Survey Date Flo a Serve E's Registration 85083 ORIGINAL RECEIVE[ APR 0 n 2007 PIANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF GEEARWATER 0, cri�.At� r Line Items: Receipt #: 1200700000000003025 Date: 04 /06/2007 Tran Code Description Revenue Account No 4/6/2007 2:06:08PM Amount Paid FLS2007 -04019 03 Flex Std - Commercial 010- 341262 475.00 Line Item Total: $475.00 Payments: Method Payer Initials Check No Confirm No How Received Amount Paid Check FAMILY RESOURCES LRN 156621 In Person 475.00 Payment Total: $475.00 THIS IS NOT A PERMIT. This is a receipt for an application for a permit. This application will be reviewed and you will be notified as to the outcome of the application. Page 1 of 1 cReceipt.rpt PLANNING DEPARTMENT June 27, 2007 Turnstone Properties Nina Bandoni, President 49 Turnstone Drive Safety Harbor, FL 34695 0 0 I'TY OF C LEAR LATER POST OFFICE BOX 4748, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758 -4748 MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING, 100 SOUTH MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE (727) 562 -4567 FAX (727) 562 -4865 . RE: Development Order regarding case FLS2007 -04019 at 1622 Turner Street. Dear Ms. Bandoni: This letter constitutes a Development Order pursuant to Section 4 -202.E of the Community Development Code. On June 7, 2007, the Development Review Committee (DRC) reviewed your application for Flexible Standard Development approval to allow a Community Residential Home (up to 14 residents) in the Medium Density Residential (MDR) district under the provisions of Section 2- 303.B. The DRC recommended APPROVAL of the application under the following bases and conditions: Bases for approval: 1. The proposal complies with Flexibility criteria for Community Residential Homes under the provisions of Section 2- 303.B.; 2. The plan complies with General Applicability Criteria under the provisions of Section 3 -913; and 3. The proposed development is compatible with the surrounding area. Conditions for approval: 1. That the landscaping be installed prior to Certificate of Occupancy; and 2. That the final design and location is consistent with the renderings submitted to the DRC. I concur with the findings of the Development Review Committee and, through this letter, approve your application for Flexible Standard Development. The approval is based on and must adhere to the site plan and application dated received May 4, 2007 and supporting documents received June 18 and June 26, 2007. Pursuant to Section 4 -303, an application for a building permit shall be made within one year of Flexible Development approval (June 27, 2008). All required certificates of occupancy shall be FRANK HIBBARD, MAYOR JOHN DORAN, COUNCILMEMBER J.B. JOHNSON, COUNCILMEMBER BILL JONSON, COUNCILMEMBER CARLEN A. PETERSEN, COUNCILMEMBER "EQUAL EMPLOYMENT AND AFFIRMATIVE ACTION EMPLOYER" • 0 June 22, 2007 Mr. Bandoni — Page Two obtained within one year of the date of issuance of the building permit. Time frames do not change with successive owners. The issuance of this Development Order does not relieve you of the necessity to obtain any building permits or pay any impact fees that may be required. In order to facilitate the, issuance of any permit or license affected by this approval, please bring a copy of this letter with you when applying for any permits or licenses that require this prior development approval. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to call Scott Kurleman, at 727 -562- 4567x2504. You can access zoning for parcels within the City through our website: w�.Vw.myclearwater.com.. Very truly yours, Michael Delk, AIC Planning Director S: (Planning Departmentl C D BlFlex Standard (FLS) (Pending Cases l2 -Reviewed and Pendingl Turner St 1622 -Transitional Living (MDR) SKID. a Turner St .f i June 18, 2007 J Mr. Scott Kudeman Planner IIp City of Clearwater Planning Department 100 South Myrtle Avenue ,JUN 1.9 2007 Clearwater, 'Florida 33756 1P�NIMOE�1 t11V T RE: 1622 Turner Street CRypf CLEARINATER FLS 2007 -04019 Dear Mr. Kudeman: Attached are our responses to the. comments and conditions associated with the above referenced project. We are providing both a narrative response and revised drawings: We have also provided .copies of applicable a -mails associated with this application. I trust you will find all in order, but please call if you have any further questions. Thank you again for all of your assistance in this matter. Sincerely;' URMNSTONE OPERTIES, INC. V.ia#on President Enclosure(s) I 49 Turnstone Drive Safety Harbor, FL 34695 727-712-1196 * fax 727 - 723 -9221 www.turnstoneproperties.com M • FAMILY RESOURCES, INC. 1622 TURNER STREET, CLEARWATER FLORIDA ORIGINAL June 18, 2007 RESPONSES FROM DRC MEETING JUNE 7, 2007 J UN 112007 Engineering Conditions: PLANNING DE�,,ARTMIIENT CIT' OF CLEARWATER 1. Items 1 and 2 have been addressed on the civil plans — please see civil plans. 2. Item 3: Family Resources or its designee will acquire a Right of Way permit. 3. Item 4: Acknowledged that the City, at the applicants expense will remove /relocate any /all water meters. 4. Acknowledged that reclaimed water is not currently available. FIRE CONDITIONS: 1. Items 1 through 3 please see construction drawings. A fire alarm system is included. Building will be sprinkled per NFPA 13 D 2002 See revised sheets F1.1 and F1.2 dated 6/7/07. LAND RESURCE CONTITION: Please see plans all conditions have been addressed. STORM WATER CONDITION Please see plans all items addressed. Testing was performed 6/14/07. We will forward results as soon as possible. SOLID WASTE It was agreed in the DRC meeting of 6/7107 that the two existing roll out garbage cans would be sufficient based on historic precedent. Mr. Glenn stated that if a third can is needed in the future, Family Resources would be required to obtain a dumpster and create a dumpster enclosure, TRAFIC ENGINEERING All items addressed on revised plans; please see attached e-mail from Mr. Bennett Elbo dated 6/18/07. ZONING CONDITION A new light fixture has been selected; see attached. Neil Thompson agreed that the new fixture adequately addressed the comments. i��zwrsY�r+ • • ORIGM Conditions Associated With °1 '' g FLS2007 -04019 a mac � ,�. ...,_ 2007 1622 TURNER ST PLANNING AE'FWMElltl'I° CITY OF CL.EARWATER Engineering Condition Scott Rice 562 -4781 05/16/2007 1. Sheet 02 will be reviewed prior to building permit. Not Met 2. Provide sanitary cleanout three feet from back of curb in accordance with Index 305, Sheet 1 of 3. 3. A right -of -way permit will be required for all work within the right -of -way of any adjacent street(s) that are assigned to the City. Contact Don Melone (727) 562 -4750 at the Municipal Services Building. 4. The City of Clearwater, at the applicant's expense, will remove /relocate any /all water meters that have to be relocated as part of this development, including reclaimed water meters. (No meter shall be located within any impervious areas.) 5. Reclaimed water for irrigation is currently not available at this location. All of the above shall be addressed prior to building permit. General Note: If the proposed project necessitates infrastructure modifications to satisfy site - specific water capacity and pressure requirements and /or wastewater capacity requirements, the modifications shall be completed by the applicant and at their expense (City Ordinances 32.095.(7) and 32.187.(5). If underground water mains and hydrants are to be installed, the installation shall be completed and in service prior to construction in accordance with Fire Department requirements. General Note: DRC review is a prerequisite for Building Permit Review, additional comments may be forthcoming upon submittal of a Building Permit Application. Environmental Condition No Issues. Fire Condition James Keller 562 -4327 x3062 05/23/2007 A manual fire alarm system will be required. Acknowledge PRIOR to D.O. 05/23/2007 Show the location of fire hydrants, may have to add.Acknowledge PRIOR to D.O. 05/23/2007 Building will be sprinklered per NFPA 13 R / NFPA 13 D 2002 edition Acknowledge PRIOR to D.O. Land Resource Condition Scott Sullivan 05/30/2007 Parks & Rees Condition Debbie Reid 05/29/2007 No issues - renovation of existing residence and addition of 2nd floor. Storm Mater Condition Phuong Vo 05/2412007 The following shall be addressed prior to issuance of the building permit. 562 -4818 562 -4752 1. Provide a copy of signed and sealed soils report and double ring infiltrometer percolation test performed at the proposed retention pond. 2. Provide a drawdown table showing that the pond recovers within 24 hours. 3. Install over -sized gutter and downspout and route all roof runoff to the pond. 4. Install a spillway at the northern end of the pond where the runoff flows to the pond. 5. Provide pond cross sections Not Met Not Met Not Met Not Met Not Met Not Met Not Met CaseConditons Print Date: 06105/2007 Page 1 of 2 • FLS2007 -04019 ���p��° p��p 1622 TURNER ST wimm A IN k l 7007 Storm Water Condition Phuong Vo 562 -4752 PLANNING DEW10EWT CI)Y OF CLEARWATER Note: DRC review is a prerequisite for Building Permit Review; additional comments may be forthcoming upon submittal of a Building Permit Application. Solid Waste Service 0 n 562 -4930 05122/2007 That dumpster service be arranged with the Solid Waste Department prior to the issuance o an Not Met occupational license or certificate of occupancy. Please contact Tom Glenn - 727- 562 -4930 14 idents will need Dumpster show enclosure on detail sheet. Traffic Eng Condition Bennett Elbo 562 -4775 05/16/2007 Show 20'x 20' sight visibility triangles at the driveway. There shall be no objects in the sight Not Met triangle over the City's acceptable vertical height criteria. (Community Development Code, Section 3 -904). 2. Sidewalk(s) are required along all public and private streets. (Development Code Sections 3 -1701 and 3 -1907 and Clearwater Contract Specifications and Standards, Article 30) 3. All substandard sidewalks and sidewalk ramps adjacent to or a part of the project must be upgraded to City standards, including A.D.A. 4. Driveway and drive aisle width shall be 24' wide for two way traffic and back out space for parked motorists in a 90 degree parking space(s) (Community Development Code Section 3-1402.A.). All of the above to be addressed prior to a Development Order (D.O.). General Note(s): 1) Applicant shall comply with the current Transportation Impact Fee Ordinance and fee schedule and paid prior to a Certificate of Occupancy (C.0.). 2) DRC review is a prerequisite for Building Permit Review; additional comments may be forthcoming upon submittal of Building Permit Application. Zoning Condition Scott Kurieman 5624567x2504 06/04/2007 a Not Met P' oyide larger pnght growning landscaping on the west side of the parking lot to screen �Dlst -AAet the per cars. Print Date: 06/05/2007 Page 2 of 2 CaseConditons Progress Lighting Hammered Glass Collection Brushed Nickel 1 -Light Wall Lantern - P5... Page 1 of 2 • 0 lrou can do it: We can hetin' View Larger Be the first to write a review. Progress Lighting Hammered Glass Collection Brushed Nickel 1 -Light Wall Lantern Model P5624 -09 54.00 /Each This item does not qualify for free shipping. Quantity: t 1 Ship this item to: You Online Only Add to My List Add to My Registry Description Charming rustic style fixture updated with clean modern lines and a warm, frosted glass shade with a "hammered" texture. Brushed Nickel Finish Etched Hammer Glass 7 -1/2 In. Width x 8 -3/4 In. Height Uses (1) 75 -watt medium base bulb MFG Brand Name : Progress Lighting MFG Model #: P5624 -09 MFG Part # : P5624 -09 Outdoor Lighting Application: Wall Specifications Assembled Depth (in Inches) : 8.375 In. Assembled Height (In Inches) : 8.75 Assembled Weight (In LBS) : 3.7 Assembled Width (In Inches) : 7.5 Diameter: 7.5 In. Hardwired or Plug-in: Hardwired ITEM DEPTH (in decimal format) : 9.00 In. ITEM HEIGHT (in decimal format) : 11.20 In. ITEM WEIGHT (in decimal format) : 3.70 ITEM WIDTH (in decimal format) : 10.00 In. Length : 8.375 In. Maximum Bulb Wattage: 75 Number of Lights /Bulbs : 1 Recommended Base Type: medium base Shade /Glass Type : Etched Hammer Glass ORIO M juN 19 2007 CjW OF 6ORWATER http :// www. homedepot. coml webapp/ wcs/ storeslservletIProductDisplay?i spStoreDit = hdus... 6/15/2007 0 0 Main Identi Page 1 of 2 From: "Constantine Tsamouras" <csamouras @atwell- hicks.com> To: <nina @turnstoneproperties.com >; "Matthew Bush" <mbush @atwell- hicks.com >; "Brett N. Oldford" <boldford @atwell- hicks.com >; <Steve @arc- 3.com> Sent: Monday, June 18, 2007 9:38 AM 001 Attach: image001.gif , Subject: Fw: 20' to 24' road width revision - Family Resources juN 19 7007 - - -- Original Message - - - -- 'I IJMN** 0VATI ���� CIV Of BLEAR From: Bennett.ElboCinyClearwater.coni <Bennett.Elbo iiivClearwate.r.com> To: Constantine Tsamouras Cc: Matthew Bush Sent: Mon Jun 18 09 :33:37 2007 Subject: RE: 20' to 24' road width revision - Family Resources Given the constraints of the site, the parking spaces as depicted on the site plan is acceptable to Traffic Operations Division, however, it shall require zoning and landscaping approval as well. Thanks Bennett Elbo City of Clearwater Traffic Operations Division Phone: (727)562-4775 Fax: (727)562 -4755 bennett.elbo @%myclearwater.com - - - -- Original Message---- - From: Constantine Tsamouras [ n�. ilte:cttamouras�a�atwell- hics,s 4_ns] Sent: Wednesday, June 13, 2007 4:43 PM To: Elbo, Bennett Cc: Matthew Bush Subject: 20' to 24' road width revision - Family Resources This is the 24" driveway revision we discussed last week. I wanted to nun it by you before we re submit. thanks CT 0:813- 888 -9500 C :813 -326 -2868 From: Matthew Bush Sent: Wednesday, June 13, 2007 4:16 PM To: Constantine Tsam <<image001.gif>> ouras Subject: 6/18/2007 Matthew W. Bush Project Engineer 4805 Independence Parkway Tampa, FL 33634 P: 813.888.9500 F: 813.884.4288 www.atwell- hicks.com < lsttp : /lwz��v.atwell- hicks.corn> 11 Page 2 of 2 ORIGWIPL X130 19 2001 P1A��I,W)tw CIV of Confidential Notice: This is a confidential communication. If you received in error, please notify the sender of the delivery error by replying to this message and then delete it from your system. Electronic Data: Since data stored on electronic media can deteriorate, be translated or modified, Atwell -Hicks will not be liable for the completeness, correctness or readability of the electronic data. The electronic data should be checked against the hard copy (paper, mylar, etc.). Hard copies are on file with Atwell -Hicks and can be provided upon request. Confidential Notice: This is a confidential communication. If you received in error, please notify the sender of the delivery error by replying to this message and then delete it from your system. Electronic Data: Since data stored on electronic media can deteriorate, be translated or modified, Atwell -Hicks will not be liable for the completeness, correctness or readability of the electronic data. The electronic data should be checked against the hard copy (paper, mylar, etc.). Hard copies are on file with Atwell -Hicks and can be provided upon request. 6/18/2007 • •��\ Id D R� Alan Mayberry Consulting Arborist 16 N. Comet Avenue � Clearwater, Fl., 33765 June 13, 2007 Re: Tree Preservation Plan Comments for 1622 Turner Street General Site Notes: 1. All pruning conducted on this site shall be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Certified Arborist. In addition, all pruning performed shall be based on specifications developed in accordance with the American National Standards Institute's, (ANSI) publication, ANSI A -300, part 1: Tree, shrub and other woody plant maintenance — standard practices, Pruning, and the companion booklet, Best Management Practices, Tree Pruning, published by the International Society of Arboriculture. 2. Tree barricades shall be constructed around protected trees being preserved prior to the commencement of construction or site clearing activities. Barricades shall be constructed using 2 "x4" lumber for upright posts installed 5' on center and to a minimum depth of 12 ", with a height of at least 3' extending above grade. The upright posts shall be connected continuously with plastic orange mesh equal to the height of the 2x4 uprights and fastened securely to the upright posts. The barricades shall remain in place throughout the construction process and should be inspected for compliance by City of Clearwater inspectors once installation is completed. The location of tree barricades will be delineated on the tree preservation plan. At no time shall debris, chemicals, soil fill or any substance be placed within the tree barricades. No tree barricades shall be removed without the permission of the City of Clearwater's Inspector. 3. Tree crown's that will be impacted by construction or that are located over proposed vehicular use areas will be raised to a minimum height of 15' above grade to facilitate construction equipment and future vehicular traffic. Pruning shall be completed prior to heavy equipment entering the site and will be delineated on the tree preservation plan. 4. All deadwood 1" in diameter and greater shall be removed form the crown of the site trees. In addition, any cracked, split, weakly attached or dying branches shall be removed. 5. Root pruning will be performed by a Vermeer or Doscocil root pruning machine to a depth of 14 ". All root pruning conducted at this site shall be performed by or under the direct supervision of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Certified Arborist. Tree barricades will be installed in the root prune lines immediately after the root pruning is complete. The root prune trench shall be backfilled with the same soil removed during 0 the root pruning operation and the original grade shall be restored. It will be necessary to consult with the Project Superintendent to determine the exact location of the root prune line. The area to be root pruned will be delineated on the tree preservation plan and marked on the ground in paint by the Consulting Arborist. The City of Clearwater inspector shall approve the lines prior to root pruning. 6. All trees that are root pruned shall be watered weekly throughout the construction process with at least one inch of water supplied uniformly to all areas within the barricades. If rainfall is adequate to meet this requirement then watering is not required. Specific Site Notes: 1. The proposed 6" PVC sanitary service line shall be installed via tunneling by hand digging within the barricaded area of tree #8. No root 1" in diameter or greater shall be severed. All other roots shall be severed with hand tools such as a hand pruner, loping shears or root pruning saw. 2. The proposed 1" PVC water main service line shall be installed via tunneling by hand digging within the barricaded area of tree 97. No root 1" in diameter or greater shall be severed. All other roots shall be severed with hand tools such as a hand pruner, loping shears or root pruning saw. boam., " 5 �T 1111 1111 � � q X aili � •J�t�.�`�� � � i;w� � i�ul � �I i �� .) ,,, j .i i � tfi�� 1 �,( )IF_ Ex 'nip ►� i ! n���� 11 ,ry - moo Al F, 11I L ft:S V UP.0 ES �sr South Elevation East Elevation North Elevation West Elevation =Family Resources - Turner Street ARCS Schematic Elevations 05.04.07 a r c h i t e c t u r e W Z Q Z O fi- V Z J 1 Site Plan TURNER STREET (F) SCALE: w. v CENTRAL AVENUE (P) NORTH ARC3 architecture 691119th Av NMA Sub 1C SL Pnet ", R. 93710 (727) 38"M (727) 981 �16x DRC Submittal R- Repp0t . Ab26006910 SO J. VW. AM AR-0017036 Family Resources 1622 Turner St. p6ematx. Rude F REVISIONS Site Plan A1.0 Rota 08061 DNO: N611, 2001 0 0 ORIGINAL RECEIVED N, A 0 4 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER FIRST FLOOR— 2,911 xF. ARCS architecture 0811131e AvenueN ,3WW 1C M. PWMe r9. FL 33710 1727)301-5220 (727) 301-00521aa Floor Plan 1st Floor Plan j NORTH . D"W t 08004 Cate: Lley d, 2007 DRC Submittal Rm Re00treibn AA- 280005,0 5reven J. Wd.M AR-0Ol]035 sy/u,are ogre Family Resources Pmlom La/atlOn: 1622 Turner St. Cleeme . Ro tl REVISIONS Floor Plan 1st Floor Plan j NORTH . D"W t 08004 Cate: Lley d, 2007 ORIGINAL RECEIVED Mf;$ 0 4 2007 PLANNING l' CITY O LLFARWA ER C FIRST FLOOR— 1,061 9.1. 1 2nd Floor Plan SCALE:1 /4' -1 NORTH ARCS architecture 8811 19th Avenue North, Sides 1C St. Fotereaar0. FL =10 (!2/) 381 -5220 (M)3810052 fex Pi DRC Submittal Flm, A gWratbn M -16M10 Swum J. NOd, AIA AR 17038 sr.w. Dow Family Resources 7w L..Um: 1622 Turner St. Clearv2ter. Rothe REVISIONS 2nd Floor Plan A1.2 Ragct O60D� Data: MaY �. 2007 0 0 ORIGINAL RECEIVED 0 4 2 @07 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER � SS. 0449 -WW W 1 South Elevation scA :0/10 - V1 P� LLVfL Ii. �i8*<graR r� 3 North Elevation SCAU: Wlr. V Pl��Byyi��fdl'd fil �Wp@.' oTy f� 2 Building Section scALE :WI .1-W R� 26LL1f1 ff. Oi$riffi amrtr efiB =� 4 West Section SCALE:W10'.1' -0' IEMM p R�-�1 M�01a16 R,a�a, o R� � 1E,u Raa pp Rain �r RaRo p4 z MT mttv IIRaf snev Q I[S10iM�01i1ER W,IIA Oen1@Wl ARCS architecture 80]1191h Avenue R ,Sd- IC DRC Submittal FRm Re0khalbn AA-28000810 &even J. Ml Ck M AR-0817M SIp. D- Family Resources P.Je �: 1622 Turner St. Cl�matm, Flantla REVISIONS Building Elevations A2.1 Pr*a 06004 Dale: Mey4,E001 0 ORIGINAL RECEIVED MAY 04 2007 pLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER w i I Z q rI z 0 se F Z $� ur5 T V I n Z � 0 0 D m ` I M D U Z 4 7 W0IDQG DAYS M twton 6 onnq wt0)uaia VtUi3 4E %uw xw m W- r )r�am.a e. o.r ,a c ,m CALL SUN94K STATE °Q�O°�R• `�v�° °C 01ip P�'n nc ONE CALL OF fON)DA I- -4770 E0p l - --m.R,ur.[ N,n6N 1-1 — — TURNER STREET (F) CENTRAL AVENUE (P) SITE DATA: D31'lI0 RP1�9 plryngp r,,P., xmAOaro��)) ni; onA'0y mnK) �. v Rmurs o )n, .c) au.a,e �a,ai , amv .c -u ,rP . scorn tm aw,rzen� ertcwcu wR.¢ n,m ./. a W � fP lP novw.,w evu ua. 0 9 x/. tm t (r.oe.) a u.�iP,,,m uro maao.orr cwe orm. ,a ¢cna r,a, a n.,n mm.mi.�e ..v HANDICAPPED SIGN DETAIL ,sa•- r+r�s— 0 HANDICAPPED STALL DETAIL R Lam..,,. —�� LI— ..n•� —r � a;r LEGEND om. ew.u.m mv. ewnn l �±1� Olp. tl]lNC2 � °71mi W � W� - o >i ` w � a � o N Z a Z 6 O F 06 . I uv�q Jl..n GV VLC >K Lourm a ILSB.O ucDlPmalo .lulu slow w .w Aw.m.,rz w as �w.a OT10E: CALL SUNSHINE STATE KET Q1ANT. + faloq T_ SPEGES 512E SPEC. KEY PLIANT. SPEGES 512E 5PEc. KEY Q1ANi. SPECIES SIZE SPEC. W Prtel�ry 2 T..w usu 1-- Lo. Po. 2.s' rd. I la PT. BIB O O I RI 12 -T+-, Nial�ir a s HT. cool 53 RI <pH.kR. Wim 24' MT. Cml. G°'Wmia.. ® rA 50 Tr¢IrIO.P�..,vn a.iatkvn 17 ac. —1. A—k . iw PA s 2' rd. BIB IMb, NeuV..n - LNC�m, Rv., 1 A' Hi. PT Ib Rtrmpervn WMrc 24' NT. Cmt. 2 Ov^^-W. Nook H:✓.m, Pm P.Yn .' NT. DIB RllaPer ws wn 3i Vlbvnm 24' Ni. Cmt. Svdeiu,n 'llEur..rn 9R 5 °"/it,T�..v+vnelfbw Q.w, Peso. la PT. BIB ZF 50 Zunb iloidea b' NT. CeR. Cectk -1V c- II 3-IV 5 -PT 5 -RI i -IV 11 f+ I ! 5 -PA 5 -ZF W`Z II -VS 0 a Q �II 3 -IV e S PROPOSED 2 STORY BUILDING i 19 -VS 2894 SF �I - - -- 16 -RI II �1 I II i rl TURNER STREET (F) CENTRAL AVENUE (P) C,Z,, A noRlmHC DAn ��; \ AFORE TDIT DIG >K Lourm a ILSB.O ucDlPmalo .lulu slow w .w Aw.m.,rz w as �w.a OT10E: CALL SUNSHINE STATE aa.AR<rKLy� _ ONE CALL OF FLOPoDA _ EtlAU+o a Au D s a4ves t"0A°'ttr�yE,,Ai�rt;pPrsBPttra .eesas me: ®w r1,L .oec 7-804- 432-47J�0 .... .arwer sl'9•L.uc°f n.�RI6,w.,,,ul.P.roa COPHSpIi ©i002 A1NE11. -NIG[S LLG . c.LV4s T�KlgAK� r.tuRpl.cai u ��fulu 0 eFPR00DC00N SHALL BE WILE WTNODT THE OR MfOi1FN LCNSENT 6 AiMELL -MfX$, LLC. ZJ IRPoWPQIINfAjE: ,IARIDAIiryI TO B"ESMM MO INSTI D 81 UNDSCM CRIipACTM T Z r'- - o G7 g 0 �V b GENERAL LAM=APE NOTES LEGEND HE F. t • ,`r.- 'wi'.•..� •"+•• w w w • G0. ursr awm.ar °Lr � o e -,,,.• ".....w~ - E o 1. IVY o SM FERTILIZATION TION NOS MM "� r •� ......, ,,,,•� •+°^ PLANT cPACIN. 0 7A1 _ aY (NO -OFFC� cNRI R k GRWIDOYER PLANTING TIN D TAI ."BE F'�......e.".,,,,, w,w U TREE PLANTING OFTAI 6Ti 4 *0 o In z U � NO LL �F U T� J� �U 10 J U NAI T a. 3ao'� 1 I 08 0 0 Family Resources FLS 2007 - 290190 -1622 Turner Street Description of site with photographs. 1622 Turner Street is located on the corner of Turner Street and Yelvington. The property is one block South of Gulf to Bay Boulevard, a major East West thoroughfare in Clearwater. The subject property is located among small two and three bedroom homes. Corner lots, however feature larger homes. At Keystone and Turner, the next block to the East, there are several two story apartment buildings which appear to house two to four units. Also at Keystone and Gulf to Bay is a large retail strip center with parking and small outbuildings bordering Turner. Front View of 1622 Turner Street 9 0 Apartments located at Turner Street and Keystone Representative Corner lot at San Remo and Turner Strreet Clearwater May 09, 2007 Family Resources, Inc. 5180 62nd Avenue N Pinellas Park, F133781 CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING DEPARTMENT MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING 100 SOUTH MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE: (727) 562 -4567 FAX: (727) 562 -4576 WWW.MYCLEARWATER. COM VIA FAX: 727 -521 -5230 RE: FLS2007 -04019 -- 1622 TURNER ST -- Letter of Completeness Dear Family Resources, Inc. : The Planning Staff has entered your application into the Department's filing system and assigned the case number: FLS2007- 04019. After a preliminary review of the submitted documents, staff has determined that the application is complete. The Development Review Committee (DRC) will review the application for sufficiency on June 07, 2007, in the Planning Department conference room - Room 216 - on the second floor of the Municipal Services Building. The building is located at 100 South Myrtle Avenue in downtown Clearwater. You will be contacted by the Planning Department's Administrative Analyst within one week prior to the meeting date for the approximate time that your case will be reviewed. You or your representative (as applicable) must be present to answer any questions that the DRC may have regarding your application. Additional comments may be generated by the DRC at the time of the meeting. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at 562- 4567x2504 or Scott.Kurleman@myclearwater.com. Sincerely yours, Scott Kurleman Planner H Letter of Completeness - FLS2007 -04019 -1622 TURNER ST • Ms. Nina Bandoni Turnstone Properties 49 Turnstone Drive Safety Harbor, FL 34695 Re: 1622 Turner Street, Family Resources, Inc. Dear Ms. Bandoni: • August 21, 2006 This letter supersedes a letter from this Department dated June 19, 2006, that classified the use differently than contained in this letter. The Pinellas County Property Appraiser identifies the above referenced property as Parcel #14/29/15/52938 /000/0320 with the following legal description: Lot 32 and Lot 33 less the east seven feet, Longview Subdivision, as recorded in Plat Book 11, Page 38 of the public records of Pinellas County, Florida. According to the Zoning Atlas of the City of Clearwater, the property is zoned Medium Density Residential (MDR) District, which is consistent with the underlying land use classification of Residential Urban (RU). On July 12, 1984, the Board of Adjustment and Appeals approved this site for a Level II Group Home (Case #272). Based on new information submitted from the State Department of Children and Families, the use of the property is classified under today's Code as a "Community Residential Home (up to 14 residents)." In the MDR District this use is permitted as a Flexible Standard Development (FLS) use. The approval of any expansion of such use would be through the Development Review Committee, assuming all standards and criteria for such use will be met. The improvement or remodeling of the existing use 25 percent or more in value, based on the valuation of the principal structure as reflected on the Property Appraiser's current records, will require the parking and landscaping on the property to be brought into full compliance with Code provisions. An Occupational License for this use was recently obtained June 30, 2006 (OCL- 0020844), even though this facility operated at this location since the late 1980's without an Occupational License. August 21, 2006 Bandoni — Page 2 Should you have any additional questions, feel free to contact Wayne M. Wells, AICP, Planner III at 727 -562 -4504. Sincerely, Michael Delk, AICP. Planning Director S: IPlanningDepartmentlLetterslZoningLetters11622 Turner Street (MDR) 8.21.06.doc • . June 19, 2006. Ms. Nina Bandoni Turnstone Properties 49 Turnstone Drive Safety Harbor, FL 34695 Re: 1622 Turner Street, Family Resources, Inc. Dear Ms. Bandoni: The Pinellas County Property Appraiser identifies the above referenced property as Parcel #14/29/15/52938 /000/0320 with the following legal description: Lot 32 and Lot 33 less .the east seven feet, Longview Subdivision, as recorded in Plat Book 11, Page 38 of the public records of Pinellas County, Florida. According to the Zoning Atlas of the City of Clearwater, the property is zoned Medium Density Residential (MDR) District, which is consistent with the underlying land use classification of Residential Urban (RU). The site was approved by the Board of Adjustment and Appeals on Zoning on July 12, 1984, for a Level II Group Home (Case #272). Based on information submitted, it appears the use of the property would be classified under today's Code as a "Residential Shelter." The MDR District does not list this use as a permitted use; therefore, the use is nonconforming to current Code provisions. As a nonconforming use, such use may continue and may be maintained through normal repair and maintenance but cannot be expanded. Should the use be discontinued or abandoned for six consecutive months, such use cannot be re- established or resumed, whereby use of the land or structure must conform to the requirements of the Code. While there is no current Occupational License, it is my understanding that this facility has been operated at this location since the late 1980's. An Occupational License is required to be obtained. Should you have any additional questions, feel free to contact Wayne M. Wells, AICP, Planner III at 727 -562 -4504. Sincerely, Michael Delk, AICP Planning Director S: (Planning DepartmentlLetterslZoning Letters11622 Turner Street (MDR) 6.19.06.doc LL ,CITY OF CLEVRWATER ° Clearwater PLANNING DEPARTMENT MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING 100 SOUTH MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE: (727) 562 -4567 FAX: (727) 562 -4576 W W W. MY C LEARW ATER. C OM April 06, 2007 Family Resources, Inc. VIA FAX: 727 -521 -5230 5180 62nd Avenue N Pinellas Park. F133781 RE: FLS2007 -04019 -- 1622 TURNER ST -- Letter of Incompleteness Dear Family Resources, Inc. The Planning Staff has entered your application into the Department's filing system and assigned the case number: FLS2007- 04019. After a preliminary review of the submitted documents, staff has determined that the application is Incomplete with the following comments. 1. Initial Stormwater section on application. 2. Provide a signed and sealed survey. 3. Provide a complete site plan per Section G. 4. Provide a Site Data Table per Section G. Provide a reduced color site plan per Section G. 6: Provide scaled color building elevations of all sides of buildings with dimensions, colors and C7' materials. 24" X 36" Provide reduced building elevations 8 1/2 X 11. S. Initial Traffic Impact Study Section. 9. Provide photographs of existing structure and site. 10. Show with photographs and addresses how this proposed structure will be in harmony with the scale, bulk, coverage, density and character of the adjacent properties. 11. Show with photographs and addresses how this proposed structure will be in harmony with the scale, bulk, coverage, density and character of the properties in the immediate vicinity. 12. This is a corner lot, therefore it has two fronts. Yelvingotn Avenue setback is 25 feet as is Turner Street. As proposed, this proposal is not meeting either front setback. To reduce the front setbacks as proposed this would need to convert to a Flexible Development Residential Infill. This is a 90 - 120 day process with a new application and fee which would include a Public Hearing. 13. Additional comments may be forthcoming based on submittal of a complete application. Section 4 -202 of the Community Development Code states that if an application is deemed incomplete, the deficiencies of the application shall be specified by Staff. No further development review action shall be taken until the deficiencies are corrected and the application is deemed complete. Please resubmit by Monday, April 9 @ NOON. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me at 562- 4567x2504 or Scott.Kurleman@myclearwater.com. Letter of Incompleteness - FLS2007 -04019 -1622 TURNER ST 7z�. �z�/ �� r� yd$�� ,rr i LL CITY OF CLEWATER o Clearwater PLANNING DEPARTMENT MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING 100 SOUTH MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE: (727) 562 -4567 FAX: (727) 562 -4576 W W W.MYCLEARWATER. COM April 06, 2007 Sincerely yours, Scott Kurleman Planner H Letter of Incompleteness - FLS2007 -04019 - 1622 TURNER ST DATE: 05/04107 ATWELL -HICKS AHJOB #: 07000485 DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS FAMILY RESOURCES Retention Calculations The following calculations are to size the proposed retention pond for the redevelopment of the Family Resources property. These calculations are based upon the City of Clearwater Storm Drainage Design Criteria (attached). Due to the fact that this site is under redevelopment, use the Rational Method to determine the existing conditions runoff and the proposed conditions runoff. Next find the AQ by subtracting 1/2 of the existing Q from the proposed Q (based upon redevelopment criteria). Once the AQ is calculated, multiply.by the time of concentration to determine the required retention volume. Design Criteria Design Frequency = 50 -yr (no outfall is proposed, overflow will occur in the road and its is not likely to flow to private property - per City of Clearwater) Cimpervious = 0.95 Cpervious = 0.2 Cpond = 1 tc= 60 minutes intensity, I = 4.0 Existing Conditions Area (AC) = 0,29 Impervious Area = 0.11 Pervious Area = 0.18 Weighted C = 0.48 Using Rational Method - Q = C *I *A Qexisting WS) = 0.56 Proposed Conditions Area (AC) = 0,29 Impervious Area = 0.12 Pervious Area = 0.17 Pond Area = 0.02 Weighted C = 0.58 Using Rational Method - Q = C *I *A Qproposed WS) = 0.67 (all per City of Clearwater) (per City of Clearwater, "detention design shall incorporate a minimum time of concentration of one hour & a 25 -yr storm) (from FDOT IDF curve for Zone 6, with duration of 60 minutes and 50 -year storm) (assumed area) Calculate AQ: AQ = Qproposed- 0.5 *Qexisting AQ (cfs)= 0.39 0 0 - is 0 i DATE: ATWELL -HICKS AH JOB #: DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS FAMILY RESOURCES Retention Calculations Proposed Conditions (continued) Detention volume is calculated by multiplying oQ by the time of concentration V = AQ * 60 minutes Volume (CF) = 1408 Proposed Retention Pond Stage /Storage Calculations Top of Bank > Bottom of Pond > Stage Surface Incremental Accumulated Elevation Area SF Volume CF Volume CF 71.0 1550.4 1135.9 1477.9 70.0 721.4 342.0 342.0 69.25 190.4 > 1408 CF NOTE: Geotechnical report (attached) estimates that the depth to the groundwater table is around 4 -ft. Maximum pond bottom depth is 2 -ft. Treatment Check if volume provided is greater than treatment volume required TV = 0.5" * Project Area Project Area (SF) = 12632 (0.29 AC) TV (CF) = 526 1412 CF provided > 526 CF required, therefore pond is sufficient for treatment 0 0 . • 05/04/07 07000485 9 R no go ------- - - - - -- i CITY OF CLEARWATER DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS STORM DRAINAGE DESIGN CRITERIA INTRODUCTION This manual is a guide to assist Engineers in the design of stormwater systems in the City of Clearwater. In general these standards are a combination of requirements set by the Southwest Florida Water Management District, and requirements set by the City of Clearwater, Public Works Department. This manual does not propose to itemize the requirements of the Southwest Florida Water Management District, but to highlight and detail the requirements of the City of Clearwater. Where design standards of applicable regulatory agency's vary, the more restrictive or higher standard will apply. The Designer is required to be familiar with the current design requirements of the Southwest Florida Water Management District. The appropriate Southwest Florida Water Management District storm water permit and other applicable regulatory agency permits will be required prior to any final construction permit approval by the City of Clearwater. The Designers attention is called to the City of Clearwater requirement that all development and redevelopment will require provisions for storm water management. In particular, redevelopment will be required to provide storm water management facilities in accordance with the regulations herein. For the purpose of administering these stormwater management regulations, redevelopment is defined as the alteration of buildings, parking, or other landform features of a property which necessitates the Community Development Code review process. Redevelopment of property for which no stormwater management facilities exists will be required to provide such facilities in accordance with the methodology contained herein, notwithstanding that the circumstances of the redevelopment may not result in an increase of stormwater runoff. STORMWATER MANAGEMENT DESIGN CRITERIA 1. GENERAL: All construction shall comply with the City of Clearwater Contract Specifications and Standards. All stormwater facility designs must be designed and certified by a Florida Registered Engineer. Record drawings shall be submitted and certified by a Florida Registered Engineer before final acceptance of project. Design Frequency (a) - 10 Year - storm systems, culverts (b) -- 25 Year - channels and detention areas with outfalls (c) - 50 Year - detention areas without outfalls (d) - 100 Year - detention areas without outfalls which when capacity is exceeded overflow onto private property Runoff Coefficients: Ponds, lakes and detention area (wet or dry) 1.00 Buildings, paved areas, and other impervious areas .95 Turfblock Green or pervious areas Im .20 Design coefficients shall be obtained by using the above coefficients on a weighted run off method for both pre - development and post - development. 2• STORM DRAINAGE: Detention areas must be built before storm sewers are installed. Slopes shall not be steeper than four to one ( 4 : 1) and shall be protected from erosion by sod. Time of Concentration Time of concentration to first inlet on a system shall be determined by using velocity of runoff chart. (Chart attached). A minimum time of 15 minutes to first inlet shall be used. 1 July - 2000 3. STORM SEWERS, INLETS, AND STREET DESIGN PERTAINING TO WATER FLOW Urnless specifically approved by the City Engineer, reinforced concrete pipe shall be used in all easements and street rights-of- way. Minimum size shall be 15" diameter. Design frequency - 10 year storm. Mannings Roughness coefficient for storm pipe: (a) RCP 15" - 30" inclusive 36" - 4811 if 54" - up (b) CMP or Aluminum Asphalt coated (c) PVC Storm Drain Pipe The slopes for culverts used as storm velocity within the following limits: Maximum CMP 10 f.p.s. RCP 12 f.p.s. N .013 .012 .01.1 .023 .018 sewers shall produce a Minimum 2 f.p.s. 2 f.p.s. Standard hydraulic gradient elevation shall be minimum of 1.0 foot below throat of inlet or manhole. Minimum Culvert Size: (a) - Pipe 15" (b) - Box Culvert - 3' x 3' Maximum length of pipe without access structure: (a) - (15" - 18 ") Pipe - 350 ft. (b) - (24" - 3611) Pipe - 400 ft. (c) - (42" & cover & all box culverts) - 500 ft. 4. INLETS AND MANHOLES: Vertical throat opening for inlets.shall be 5" Inlets and manholes will be designed so as not to have standing water when.not functioning. All inlets to have manhole lids in accordance with City standards. 2 July - 2000 0 • A 0 Inlets are not to be placed in curb return. Pipes are to be cut flush with inside wall of inlet. Subdrain shall enter structure a minimum of one foot above invert and 2' 6" below top of structure. When pipe diameter exceeds 3011, inlets shall not be used as junction boxes, limit 3 pipes per inlet. For design purposes inlet capacity should be assumed as follows: Grate Inlet * - 4 CFS (No Wing Type * - 4 CFS 5" Throat (Single Wing Type - 6 CFS (Double Wing Type - 8 CFS * Subject to City Engineer's approval only. Standard inlet wings shall be a minimum of four feet in length as per City Standards. S. STREET DESIGN: Generally gutter water should not be carried for distances exceeding 600 feet. Except as where impractical, channeling water across intersections will not be allowed. Inlet Spacing Normal Grades - .5% up to 20 - 600 ft. Steep Grades - greater than 2% - 400 ft.. Where grades exceed 2 %, a 6' wing will be required on the inlet. Grades less than 0.5% are subject to City Engineer's approval only. A minimum of 0.5 grade shall be required for asphalt drives and parking lots. Right -of -way shoulders shall be sodded three feet behind curb and remainder, graded, seeded, and mulched. Mulch to be dry or green per F.D.O.T. current standard. 3 July - 2000 • • 6. HEADWALLS: All inlet and outlet pipes shall be provided with a headwall, mitred end section, or flared end section. Headwalls shall be reinforced concrete. Pinned. Sand /Cement bag structures. built in accordance with City of Clearwater specifications may be permitted only for temporary use. All outlets shall have an appropriate apron to prevent erosion. 7. CHANNELS AND SWALES: Roughness Coefficient - for a channel with maintained vegetation is .030 to .035. Normal channel depth shall not be within 100 of critical depth. When velocities exceed maximum allowable values energy dissipators shall be provided. Plans shall include undeveloped areas, pre - development drainage, and pre- development discharge at key design points such as channels, existing ponds, sloughs, etc.. Also post - development calculations for storm runoff and proper detention shall be determined. Type of Soil Maximum Allowable in Flow Line Velocity (f.p.s.) Fine Sand 1.5 Sandy Loam 1.8 Silt Loam 2.0 Firm Loam 2.5 Fine Gravel 2.5 Stiff Clay 3.8 Coarse Gravel 4.0 Hardpan 6.0 Major channels (Q greater than 30 CFS) shall have a five foot bottom width. Drainage swales normally will not be permitted along rear lot lines. Swales shall be vegetated and designed for a.50 year storm. 0 July - 2000 8. STORM WATER DETENTION: This policy. is to insure that runoff will not be increased beyond its present state by development. It is also intended to protect the quality of receiving waters in the City from additional pollution resulting from new development. The design frequency shall be a 25 year storm based on rainfall intensity graph for the Clearwater area. The duration may be obtained from the Rational method for areas up to 10 acres. Design variations may- be considered for areas less than one acre. The runoff coefficient differential DELTA C is obtained by subtracting pre- development coefficient from post- development coefficient. For projects greater than 10 acres, systems design must incorporate the U.S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service Modified Unit Hydrograph, or equivalent as determined by the City Engineer, in conjunction with a SCS Type II Florida Modified rainfall distribution curve. In the case of redevelopment of land upon which no stormwater attenuation or water quality feature exists, or upon which the existence of such features do not meet the standards applicable at the time of redevelopment, the redeveloper will be required to provide facilities in a manner similar to an original developer and in proportion to the extent to which the site plan of the property is affected or disturbed by.the redevelopment. In the methodology for calculating stormflow from property undergoing redevelopment, the pre- development volume of runoff will be calculated by the use of a Weighted Runoff'Coefficient taken from the following table: PROPERTY DESCRIPTION* WEIGHTED COEFFICIENT OF RUNOFF ** Undergoing redevelopment and not contributing to an existing flooding 1/2 Actual problem * ** Undergoing redevelopment and contributing to an existing flooding .20 problem Undergoing redevelopment and contributing to an existing flooding problem for which an attenuating stormwater manage -ment project is under 1/2 Actual construction * City Engineer shall be the determining authority of the Property Description ** In no case shall the coefficient be less than .20 ** To be applied only to area of property undergoing alteration * ** Situation wherein property,damage occurs in a 25 year - 24 hour storm 5 July - 2000 J • • The City of Clearwater standards relative to the provision of water - quality features are, by this reference, the same as the Southwest Florida Water Management District's, excepting that where SWFWMD may rule that no water quality features are required, the City's standard shall require the provision of treatment of 1/2 inch of rainfall as applied over the entire area of a development project and 1/2 inch as applied over the portion of the site plan undergoing alteration in the case of redevelopment. Q 1 _ An . /err• SINE CONCENTRATION DURATION --� The design hydrograph is an isosceles triangle with a time of concentration equal to one half of the duration. .Detention design shall incorporate a minimum time of concentration of one hour & a 25 year storm intensity. The outfall shall be restricted to accommodate the'pre- development flow with appropriate overflow facilities for larger volumes. Detention ponds t ts*c.lwill require 0.51 of freeboard. Volume of detention may be established by multiplying time of concentration times DELTA'Q providing the outlet control structure (weir, pipe, etc.) is designed to restrict other than pre - development Q. An outfall design allowing less than the pre - developed Q to pass is acceptable if storage is provided. Discharge to Lake or Wetland In situations where the pre - developed Q abuts a lake or wetland, the developer may store additional runoff above that required for water quality treatment in the wetland subject provided that the following conditions are met: Wetland with positive outfall has the capacity to store a 25 year design storm. Wetland with no outfall has the capacity to store a 50 year design storm. Wetland has sufficient capacity to absorb additional runoff. All areas on or off site contributing to a wetland shall be included in the design. Runoff discharging directly to the wetland shall be transmitted via grassed swales. Runoff from lots abutting a wetland shall be collected in an interceptor swale designed to drain dry in less than 24 hours. July - 2000 • The maximum design high water elevation of the wetland shall be one foot below the lowest floor elevation around the wetland or one foot below the flow line of the nearest adjacent road, whichever is lower. The design wetland elevation shall be determined by the inflow and outflow hydrograph method. The impact to the wetland system will be taken into consideration when reviewing these applications. Those areas directly outfalling tidal salt water basins will be reviewed for water quality impacts only. Dry Detention Systems Dry detention systems are those that under non storm conditions are dry, ie., has a grassed bottom and side slopes that can be mowed. These systems shall be designed with no steeper than 4:1 side slopes, preferably no deeper than three feet deep. and drain dry within 24 hours or less. The side slopes and bottom shall be sodded. Drawdown may be accomplished by the use of underdrain ac cording to City specifications or by percolation if the soil conditions permit. At least one soil boring showing soil profile and the seasonal high water table shall be provided with the site plan. The soil boring shall be located at the center of the proposed detention area. Wet Detention Systems Wet detention /retention systems are those' that under non storm conditions are designed to have a standing pool of water. The design shall be in accordance with City Details. All wet systems shall incorporate a vegetated littoral shelf over 35% of the areal . cover of the pond under normal conditions. Drawdown may include an underdrain system, natural percolation or slow bleed down system.. Underground vaults are not allowed as water quality facilities and are permitable for water quantity storage only as specifically allowed by the City Engineer. Detention Pond Walls The,use of vertical walls on the sides of detention ponds or side slopes steeper than 4:1 are discouraged and will not be permitted except as may be specifically approved due to reason of undue hardship to the developer. In no circumstance will vertical walls on detention ponds be permitted adjacent to rights -of- ways, along the boundaries of adjacent parcels of land, on more than two sides of a detention pond, or any side of a pond serving only as a water quality facility. 7 July - 2000 9 . SUBMITTALS In addition to submitting complete plans and specifications, the Engineer shall also submit the following: A. - Drainage calculations or computations including hydro - graphs for any detention areas, retention ponds, complete with cross sections. B. - A scale map or plat showing each subdivision drainage basin, as an aid for review of the proposed work. A minimum of 50 feet of topographical survey shall be required adjacent to the perimeter of the proposed site. C. - Profile of hydraulic gradient for.storm pipe system. D. - All pertinent information of adjoining properties affected by stormwater from site such as finish floor elevations of buildings, streets, channel or receiving waters to the final outfall. All adjacent property draining onto the proposed site is to be shown on the site plan. Before project is accepted by the Public Works Department, a Registered Engineer must submit written verification that the project was constructed in accordance with approved construction plans. 10. ATTACHMENTS Rainfall - Intensity /Duration - Clearwater. This Rainfall Intensity Graph shall be used for 10, 25, and 50 year storms. Velocity_ of Runoff - for use in determining intensity for above grade runoff. Drainage Design Computations - suggested for working out drainage computations showing required information for submittal to City of Clearwater for approval. Design Criteria Storm Drainage n LJ July - 2000 Tree Inventory Famil y Resources Inc. , 1622 Turner Street Clearwater, Florida May 2, 2007 Prepared by: Alan Mayberry, Consulting Arborist For: Family Resources, Inc. The following report is submitted by Alan Mayberry; Consulting Arborist, and includes findings that I believe are accurate based on my education, experience and knowledge in the field of Arboriculture. I have no interest personally or financially in this property and my report is factual and unbiased. This report is the property of Family Resources, Inc., and will not be given to other entities unless so directed. Tree Canopy Analysis and Preservation Strategies The subject site is an existing single family home residential lot located on a former high ., sandy ridge populated with typical scrub species. The tree canopy is dominated by nine native sand live oak (Quercus geminata) trees preserved when the existing house was - constructed. In addition, the site has one young live oak (Quercus virginiana) tree and three queen palms (Syagrus romanzoffiana). The best opportunity for tree preservation exists in six sand live oaks and one live oak. The following tree inventory will identify these trees and all trees by size, specie and overall condition with accompanying notes justifying the condition ratings of all trees included in the inventory. The attached site plan will indicate the location of the tree on the site by the number on the plan that corresponds to the number in the inventory. Tree Inventory Data A tree inventory is a written record of a tree's condition at the time of inspection. It is a valuable tool to prioritize tree 'maintenance and remove trees with problems that could lead to failure and cause personal injury or property damage. The tree inventory lists four codes and also has a comment section. The following is an explanation of the data used in the inventory: Tree# - location - Each tree is assigned a number for reference in the inventory that corresponds with a number on the site plan that identifies the location of the tree in the field. Size — Tree size is a measure of the tree's trunk diameter measured at 4.5' above grade. If there is a fork in the trunk at that point the diameter is measured at the narrowest area below the fork. Palm species are measured in feet of clear trunk (C.T.). • • r- y' Species — Each tree is listed by its common and botanical name the first time it is listed in the inventory. For simplicity the tree is listed by its common name thereafter. Condition Rating — The condition rating is an assessment of the tree's overall structural strength and systemic health. Elements of structure include: 1) the presence of cavities, decayed wood, split, cracked, rubbing branches etc., 2) branch arrangements and attachments, i.e., well spaced vs. several branches emanating from the same area on the trunk, codominant stems vs. single leader trunk, presence of branch collars vs. included bark. Elements of systemic health relate to the tree's overall energy system measured by net photosynthesis (food made) vs. respiration (food used). A tree with good systemic health will have a vascular system that moves water, nutrients and photosynthate around the tree as needed. Indicators of a healthy systemic system used in the overall condition rating include: 1) live crown ratio (the amount of live crown a tree has relative to its mass), 2) crown density (density of the foliage), 3) tip growth (shoot elongation is a sign that the tree is making and storing energy. The overall condition rating also takes into consideration the species, appearance and any unique features. The rating scale is 0 -6 with 0 being a dead tree and 6 a specimen. Increments of 0.5 are used to increase accuracy. Examples of the tree rating system are as follows: 0- A dead tree - 1- A tree that is dying, severely declining, hazardous, harboring a communicable disease or a tree designated by the State of Florida's Exotic Pest Plant Council as a category #1 ecological pest i.e., Brazilian pepper tree (Schinus terebinthifolius). A tree with a rating of 1 should be removed as it is beyond treatment and is a threat to cause personal injury or property damage. 2 — A tree exhibiting serious structural defects such as codominant stems with included bark at or near the base, large cavities, large areas of decayed wood, crown dieback, cracked/split scaffold branches etc. In addition, a tree with health issues such as low energy, low live crown ratio, serious disease or insect problems, nutritional deficiencies or soil pH problems. A tree with a rating of #2 should be removed unless the problem(s) can be treated. A tree with a #2 condition rating will typically require a considerable amount of maintenance to qualify for an upgrade of the condition rating. 3- A tree with average structure and systemic health and with problems that can be corrected with moderate maintenance. A tree with a codominant stem not in the basal area that will be subordinated or cabled and braced or a codominant stem that will soon have included bark can be included as a #3. A tree with a rating of #3 has average ( appearance, crown density and live crown ratio and should be preserved if possible. • • 4- A tree with a rating of 4 has good structure and systemic health with minor problems that can be easily corrected with minor maintenance. The tree should have an attractive appearance and be essentially free of any debilitating disease or insect problem. The tree should also have above average crown density and live crown ratio. Mature trees exhibiting scars, old wounds, small cavities or other problems that are not debilitating can be included in this group particularly if they possess unique form or other aesthetic amenities relating to their age. A tree with a rating of 4 is valuable to the property and should be preserved. 5 - A tree with very high live crown ratio and exceptional structure and systemic health and virtually free of insect or .disease problems or nutritional deficiencies. A tree in this category should have a balanced crown with exceptional aesthetic amenities. A tree in this category should be of a species that possesses characteristics inherent to longevity and withstanding construction impacts. A tree with a #5 rating lends considerable value to the site and should be incorporated into the site design. A tree with a #5 rating is worthy of significant site plan modification to ensure its preservation. 6 - A specimen tree. A specimen tree is a tree that possesses a combination of superior qualities in regards to systemic health, structural strength, crown density, live crown ratio, form (balanced crown), overall aesthetic appeal, size, species, age and uniqueness. A great effort should be made to preserve a specimen tree including shifting structures that would adversely impact the tree. In addition, a specimen tree should have an undisturbed area equal to its dripline (equal to the branch spread) to grow in. Only an experienced and competent International Society of Arboriculture (I.S.A.) Certified Arborist should be allowed work on a specimen tree. -- -- — - - - -- - - - -- ._ -..- - - - - - - - - -- Comments: The comment section serves to note observations relative to -the tree but not covered in the inventory data or expands on information in the inventory data. It may include maintenance recommendations to improve the tree's overall condition rating. It may also have recommendations on whether to remove or preserve a tree. NOTE: A tree inventory is typically valid for 3 -5 years. However, events such as drought, lightning,. mechanical root damage, freeze, improper maintenance and severe storms can downgrade the rating value of a tree. Conversely, remedial maintenance can upgrade the value. If you suspect that a tree has been adversely affected, have the tree inspected by a qualified International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Certified Arborist. Note: Whenever possible it is advised to adhere to inventory recommendations when selecting trees to be preserved. For example, trees rated 4.0 and higher should be preserved if at all possible, while trees rated 2:0 and lower should be removed unless otherwise noted in the inventory. Trees rated 2.5 are generally recommended for removal unless remedial work is performed to upgrade them. Trees rated 3.0 and 3.5 are average trees that have good potential and warrant serious consideration for preservation but not r to the extent that site plan modifications are necessary. 0 • 9 0 C, This tree inventory was conducted on May 2, 2007. NOTE: Per City of Clearwater requirements the inventory will provide specific information in the comments section as justification for the rating of each tree with an overall condition rating of 2.5 or less. Trees with a rating of 3.0 or higher are considered worthy of preservation if site design permits. NOTE: Trees are shown in the inventory by diameter inches of trunk measured at 4.5' above grade unless there is a fork then the measurement is taken at the narrowest area between the fork and grade. Palms are protected per city code when the trunk(s) have greater than 10' of clear trunk (CT) and are depicted accordingly. NOTE: There were no protected trees located within 25' of the property line. Tree Inventory Tree # Size Species Rating 22" sand live oak (Quercus geminata) 3.5 Comments: This tree has a one -sided canopy to the east but has very good structure and live crown ratio particularly for a sand live oak which typically has an open and somewhat sparse crown due to soil infertility. The tree has a few small girdling roots on the-southwest-side-at the the base of the trunk which could easily! be removed. There _is a 3" basal wound on the northwest side which is not causing any problems at this time. The tree is accumulating a significant amount of Spanish moss that could be removed although it is not causing problems. Recommend preservation. 2. 21 ". Sand live oak 3.5 Comments: This tree has a one -sided crown to the north but has good structure and live crown ratio. It is located 4' from tree #1 and together they form a very attractive canopy. Recommend preservation along with tree #1 provided adequate rooting area is preserved (recommended rooting area is a 9" ratio for every one inch of trunk diameter at 4.5' above grade). 3. 15 C.T. queen palm (Syagrus romanzoffiana) 2.5 Comments: This palm has a: tapered trunk for the first 6' and has pits and a few scars. The crown is slightly below average. If preserved it would benefit from a fertilization plan with an approved palm fertilizer applied four times a year. 4. 16' C.T. queen palm 3.5 Comments: This palm has an attractive crown and trunk with the exception of a minor trunk restriction 9' above grade and a few pits. This palm is worthy of preservation. 12' C.T. queen palm [till Comments: This palm has an average crown and average overall appearance and could be preserved if it falls into a green space, otherwise recommend removal. NOTE: Trees #6 – 9 are located on the City right of way of Yelvington Avenue according to the site plan and as such they belong to the City of Clearwater. However, they must be protected during the construction process per applicable requirements as they are protected trees and their crowns and root systems are growing onto the subject property. If removal is requested contact the City permitting officials on the procedures for requesting the removal of City owned trees. In addition, all of these trees have overhead power wires running through the center of the crowns and they have had the center of the crowns removed by the utility sub - contractors. The pruning has not adversely affected the health or structure of the trees but has somewhat downgraded their appearance. Each tree has a branch or branches that would benefit from a protective wrap where wires are rubbing branches. Contact Florida Progress for assistance. Also, trees #6, 8 & 9 need to be elevated over Yelvington Avenue. Contact the City's Public Service Department (727) 562 -4950, for assistance. The trees will be rated as required by City code. 6. 25" sand live oak 3.5 _____— ______ Comments: This tree has abQVVeaverage live crown ratio and good structure with the exception of two scaffold branches that are slightly included and growing to the west. However, they do not pose a .problem at this time. Recommend preservation. 7. 15" sand live oak 2.0 Comments: This tree is downgraded due to below average structure as the tree forms two codominant scaffold branches that are slightly included 6' above grade. This condition will worsen over time and may need cabling and bracing. If preserved, the codominant branches should be inspected by the City's Arborist (as they are City' trees) for structural integrity. The tree has below average live crown ratio and minor dieback. This tree is healthy enough and could be preserved if not significantly impacted by construction, otherwise recommend removal. 8. 24" sand live oak 3.5 Comments: This tree has very good structure and live crown ratio. It is very healthy and has an attractive spreading crown, recommend preservation. 9. 34" sand live oak 3.5 f C Comments: This tree has very good structure, live crown ratio and overall aesthetic value. It has suffered from previous improper pruning in the form of flush cuts but the tree has contained the decay and they are not a significant problem. This tree has a small branch that is rubbing against the power wire and the branch should be removed. This is a good tree that warrants preservation. 10. 26" sand live oak 3.5 Comments: This tree is located close to the rear (north) property line. The tree has very good structure, and live crown ratio. It has an embedded girdling root at the base of the trunk on the south side but it is too late to be removed. The tree has solved it. This tree has an established central leader, is healthy and should be preserved. If preserved, efforts should be made to provide adequate rooting area. 11. 22" sand live oak 2.0 Comments: This tree is attached to tree #12 at the root collar, but the attachment although undesirable does not create a serious structural problem. However, this tree has a severe lean to the west and has a tight restricted crown. Due to the low aesthetic appeal, the basal attachment and the poor condition of tree #12 this tree is recommend for removal. 12. 38" sand live oak 2.0 Comments: As noted this tree forms a basal attachment to tree #11. It has been significantly downgraded due to a large open wound that is 9" across and starts at grade an dA ea where the tree forks and forms codominant scaffold branches that are slightly included. The decay is progressive and the tree has not successfully started the closure process. A large leader approximately 14" in diameter has been removed.1 believe this tree has suffered a lightning strike on the leader that was removed and that is the cause of the decay. There is minor thinning and dieback in the crown. The upper crown structure is good. This tree could develop into a hazardous tree, especially if impacted by construction. Recommend removal. 13. 13" live oak (Quercus virginiana) 3.5 Comments: This young live oak tree is very healthy as, it has very good live crown ratio and supports vigorous tip growth. The structure is also very good but the central leader needs to be established prominently. This tree would benefit tremendously from structural pruning should it be preserved. As it is young and.vigorous it can better withstand construction impacts. Recommend preservation. Wald E. Armstrong �. Professioni;bc -and Surveyor 90 S. Highland Ave, #9 Tarpon Springs, Florida 34689 Phone (727) 945 -1073 Fax (727) 945 -8343 CERTIFIED T0: FAMILY RESOURCES Sec. 14, Twp. 29 S., Rng. 15 E. ' Pinellas County, Florida Field Book 29, Page 26 Job #22172 Legal Description: (As Provided) Lot 32, together with Lot 33, LESS the East 7 feet thereof, LONGVIEW, as recorded in Plat Book 11, Page 38, of the Public Records of Pinellas County, Florida. Note: This Survey was prepared without the benefit of a complete Title Search and /or Commitment and may be subject to additional Easements, Restrictions, Covenants and /or other Conditions of Title. F.O.P. 3/4" �3I I vN N� O ORIGINAL L 0 T 3 0 REIED — — APR 0 9 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT L 0 T 3 1 CITY OF CLEARWATER F.O.P. 3/4" `n Z GUY WIRE 102.75' (C) 30 (P) - -f S88 *30'08'E (M) 102.91' a °.; c' L.BR #3889 WOOD UTILITY POLE LL1 �- =)I> Z CL LLJ I = > N a Z Q I I- c7I Z LLJ _0 J 0 15 3' al`7 CO d- N r a_ C" ; �r Cn Ld W O � O QO =0 0 O Z RRE 10.4• (a 59.75' (P) o N6' WOOD I -FENCE (TYP) L 0 T 3 2 50' ACONC. •-• (TYP) A. 6' WOOD FENCE & ,; `• 4' CHAIN c�•" ' LINK FENCE LESS THE EAST 7' i.1 5. W. F.I.R.S /8" F.I.R. 1/2" 50' (P) N88'38'1 6" (M) 57.06' `r a 57' (C) 7.5 43.6' a ' METAL SHED ° (NO SLAB) Q .. N 27.7' CON C. Co ';..DRIVE'.' `r ONE S1�ORY MASONRY r BUIL ING #1622 M C 33.0' b 25.7' 22.1' cov. coNC._ 4 16.1' MASONRY l PLANTER I L 0 T 3 3 ;'L� 9°,,�1 59.8' (P) 43' (C;) N N88'42'00 "W (M) 102.82' F.O.P. 1" 10280' (C) I L CK �13"iONCCURB R/W (P) =27' ASPH. PVMT. E. TURNER STREET CENTRAL AVENUE (P) 3. O V N O M II w J Q U O M SURVEYOR'S REPORT 1.) Use of this Survey by anyone other than those Certified To will be the re -users sole risk without Liability to this Surveyor. 2.) No underground encroachments (if any), foundations, structures, sprinklers, and /or utilities have been located and /or shown unless otherwise indicated hereon. 3.) No instruments of record reflecting easements, rights of way, restrictions and /or ownership were provided to this surveyor unless otherwise indicated hereon. 4.) The above described property appears to fall in Zone X, as shown on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (F.E.M.A.), National Flood Insurance Program, Flood Insurance Rate Map (F.I.R.M.), Community #125096 Panel #0016 -D, Index Date 8/18/92, Mop Revised 8/19/91, Base Flood Elevation of N/A feet, Mean Sea Level (M.S.L.) = 00.00'. 5.) Basis of Bearings: East R/W of Yelvington Ave. = N 00'00'00" W (Assumed) 6.) All Bearings and Distance shown hereon are Plat and Field Measured unless otherwise shown. lAaA F.I.R FOUND IRON ROD, SIZE INDICATED SEC. SECTION Certified For: Boundary Survey S.I,R. SET IRON ROD, 1/2' P.LS.y5083 TWP, TOWNSHIP This certifies that a survey of the property shown hereon was made F.O.P. FOUND OPEN IRON PIPE, SIZE INDICATED RGE. RANGE under my supervision and that the survey' meets the Minimum F.P.P. FOUND PINCHED IRON PIPE, SIZE INDICATED (D) DEED Technical Standards set forth by Florida'8oard of Professional F.N.D. FOUND NAIL AND DISK �P� PLAT y S.N.D. SET NAIL AND DISK, P.L.S. #5063 MMEASURED Land Surveyors and Mappers in Chapter 61G17 -6, Florida F.C.M. FOUND CONCRETE MONUMENT C CALCULATED Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 472.027, Florida Statues. P.R.M. PERMANENT REFERENCE MONUMENT CONC. CONCRETE P.C.P, PERMANENT CONTROL POINT COV. COVERED Note: Survey not valid without the signature- and the original P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT ASPH. ASPHALT raised seal of a Florida Licensed Surveyor. d M;p. P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING PVMT. PAVEMENT R.L.S. REGISTERSED LAND SURVEYOR ELEV. ELEVATION 9/5/02 P.L.S. L 0 T 3 5 LOT 33 (D) v �. N N, LOT 34 4' CHAIN INK FENCE O M SURVEYOR'S REPORT 1.) Use of this Survey by anyone other than those Certified To will be the re -users sole risk without Liability to this Surveyor. 2.) No underground encroachments (if any), foundations, structures, sprinklers, and /or utilities have been located and /or shown unless otherwise indicated hereon. 3.) No instruments of record reflecting easements, rights of way, restrictions and /or ownership were provided to this surveyor unless otherwise indicated hereon. 4.) The above described property appears to fall in Zone X, as shown on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (F.E.M.A.), National Flood Insurance Program, Flood Insurance Rate Map (F.I.R.M.), Community #125096 Panel #0016 -D, Index Date 8/18/92, Mop Revised 8/19/91, Base Flood Elevation of N/A feet, Mean Sea Level (M.S.L.) = 00.00'. 5.) Basis of Bearings: East R/W of Yelvington Ave. = N 00'00'00" W (Assumed) 6.) All Bearings and Distance shown hereon are Plat and Field Measured unless otherwise shown. lAaA F.I.R FOUND IRON ROD, SIZE INDICATED SEC. SECTION Certified For: Boundary Survey S.I,R. SET IRON ROD, 1/2' P.LS.y5083 TWP, TOWNSHIP This certifies that a survey of the property shown hereon was made F.O.P. FOUND OPEN IRON PIPE, SIZE INDICATED RGE. RANGE under my supervision and that the survey' meets the Minimum F.P.P. FOUND PINCHED IRON PIPE, SIZE INDICATED (D) DEED Technical Standards set forth by Florida'8oard of Professional F.N.D. FOUND NAIL AND DISK �P� PLAT y S.N.D. SET NAIL AND DISK, P.L.S. #5063 MMEASURED Land Surveyors and Mappers in Chapter 61G17 -6, Florida F.C.M. FOUND CONCRETE MONUMENT C CALCULATED Administrative Code, pursuant to Section 472.027, Florida Statues. P.R.M. PERMANENT REFERENCE MONUMENT CONC. CONCRETE P.C.P, PERMANENT CONTROL POINT COV. COVERED Note: Survey not valid without the signature- and the original P.O.C. POINT OF COMMENCEMENT ASPH. ASPHALT raised seal of a Florida Licensed Surveyor. d M;p. P.O.B. POINT OF BEGINNING PVMT. PAVEMENT R.L.S. REGISTERSED LAND SURVEYOR ELEV. ELEVATION 9/5/02 P.L.S. L 0 T 3 5 PROFESSIONAL LAND SURVEYOR TYP. TYPICAL P.S.M. PROFESSIONAL SURVEYOR &MAPPER R/W RIGHT —OF —WAY Field Survey Date ald E. rmstro g Jr. L.B. LAND BUSINESS Flo a Surve 's Registration #5083 Progress Lighting P5624 -09 - $ a 00 at The Home Depot Page 1 of 2 i. You can dam We can help.' View Larger Be the first to write a review. Progress Lighting Hammered Glass Collection Brushed Nickel 1 -Light Wall Lantern Model P5624 -09 $54.00 /Each This item does not qualify for free shipping. Quantity: 11 J Ship this item to: I YOU co atu. Online Only Add to My List Add to My Registry Description Charming rustic style fixture updated with clean modem lines and a warm, frosted glass shade with a "hammered" texture. Brushed Nickel Finish Etched Hammer Glass 7 -1/2 In. Width x 8 -3/4 In. Height Uses (1) 75 -watt medium base bulb MFG Brand Name: Progress Lighting MFG Model #: P5624 -09 MFG Part # : P5624 -09 Outdoor Lighting Application : Wall Specifications Assembled Depth (In Inches) : 8.375 In. Assembled Height (In Inches) : 8.75 Assembled Weight (In LBS) : 3.7 Assembled Width (In Inches) : 7.5 Diameter: 7.5 In. Hardwired or Plug -in : Hardwired ITEM DEPTH (In decimal format) : 9.00 In. ITEM HEIGHT (In decimal format) : 11.20 In. ITEM WEIGHT (In decimal format) : 3.70 ITEM WIDTH (In decimal format) : 10.00 In. Length : 8.375 In. Maximum Bulb Wattage: 75 Number of Lights/Bulbs : 1 Recommended Base Type: medium base Shade /Glass Type: Etched Hammer Glass http:// www. homedepot. coml webapp/ wcs/ storeslservletIProductDisplay ?j spStoreDir= hdus &... 6/6/2007 �''',•yaly CITY OF CLEARWATER Pl.r NMG DE * POST OITICE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 337558-4748 RECEIVED NAY 3 0 2001 Clwc� PL4MWG EM I p0%F Lu< o" 02 1M $ 00.33 wa ,I -- a - 0004229492 MAY 21 2007 au. - MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 �� LOYER, ROBERT T '.,LOVER, KELLY A 615 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6205 RETURN TO SENDER BY PARS 33730 05126/2007 UNABLE TO FORWARD AIM oo sa METER.117 '44c — *4 CITY OF CLEARWATER Q, PLANNaNG DEPARTMENT Pok OmcE Box 4748 a CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 3'3758-4748 wN CL rs gip, 2 �® 02 ire - ,$00.334 0004229492 MAY 21 2007 MAILED FROM ZIP CODE 33602 i MACHU, MILOSLAV 125 W CYPRESS CT RECEI.VEi OLDSMAR FL 34677 - 6102 JUN 01 2b:, _ . PiMrTIIIi E&MYMENT CITY OF C ARWATER 1•... ? t ` �? :` itr11r 1 t1:1 17 11:1r,r l„ jrrf 4 ill I'd 141rr'1irrylr1,1111 �. }� 'a CITY OF CLEARWATER PLA10MG DEmmmm fEP;° POST ONCE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748 MAY 2 4 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER S�IN � F y, . 't , � woov ® PlMEV eowFs 02 1M $ 00.334 0004229492 MAY18 2007 MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 NIXIE 337 DE 1 00 05/23/07 RETURN TO SENDER NOT DrELIVERAML'E AS ADDRESSED UNAML E TO FORWARD MC: 33750474048 tj Stt *2574-11595-23-15 11 1111)1 11{ 71f1iilifi� 1{i1111I11ii11ifl III Ili 1 II f 1111 oN 124 pU yF �N 9Y BUTLER, JOSEPH A j, BUTLER, BARBARA A 821 COURT ST # 821 CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 5501 S�IN � F y, . 't , � woov ® PlMEV eowFs 02 1M $ 00.334 0004229492 MAY18 2007 MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 NIXIE 337 DE 1 00 05/23/07 RETURN TO SENDER NOT DrELIVERAML'E AS ADDRESSED UNAML E TO FORWARD MC: 33750474048 tj Stt *2574-11595-23-15 11 1111)1 11{ 71f1iilifi� 1{i1111I11ii11ifl III Ili 1 II f 1111 CITY OF CLEARWATER �:plQ PLANNING DEPARTMENT RF' POST ONCE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748 Rtt; . 0"EIVIED MAY 2 4 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWATER occ m'' U O� C.U. GAMELLI, KAREN GAMELLI; DINO D 617 S LAKE AVE i CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6115 Zlf ®�@wmle+r/B�ov+u�tss� 02 1M $ j0^.334 0004229492 MAY21 2007 MAILEDIFROM 2-IPGODE 33602 X07 N3X Iio 337 O O 05 /2 RETURN TO SENDER ATTEMPTED - NOT. KNOWN UNABLE TO P09WARD SC: 3375B47404S *0901- •06296 -22 -01 � - '3.��.�. ,FI,� ,�r,4� iL�_� _ (tl���l1�)11113�1�111'�1.1�1 3111••11. 111 1�11��31�11�111- iil�l.l3.1111 w • : �' . . lull'$uIIsha slits iiillls I'll I$. CITY OF CLEARWATER Q PLViMNG DEPARTMENT Posr OmcE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748 J.°'a D MAY 2 3 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMEN1 MOF LEARWATER e �A� i 7 ® WTNEY BOWES 0 • 02 1M $ 00.334 u y z 0004229492 MAY 21 2007 0:9 • MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 :" PORTER, DALE - PORTER, KATHY 331 OCEANVIEW AVE PALM HARBOR FL 34683 - 1813 x 337 NT°E FORWARD T .IME EXP PORTER 2176 PORTOF INO PL PALM HARBOR FL 34� RETURN TO :L 2gFax 00 0B122i07 RTN .TO SEND APT 269 a33 -7754 SENDER ASP ' =a ; CITY OF CLEARWATER PI�►NMG DEPARTMENT , POST OFTICE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33758-4748 RECEIVED MAY 2 3 2007 PLANNING DEPARTMENT CITY OF CLEARWAYER BRUNO, ARTHUR H BRUNO, MARY L PO BOX 1210 AMHERST NH 03031 - 1210 0 '' � P -�'� ,. d � z LEE W_j BOWES v 0� 1, i - v2 iM :00.334 W� 0004229492 MAY21 2007 n.LL MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 33'7 DRUNO RETURN BOX UNABLE RETURN NFE TO OLi TO TO i 4071 aO 05✓22/0.7 SENDER aSED 'FORWARD SENDER CITY OF CLEARWATER :cT •;" �: PLAPCANG DEPARTMENT ° PosT OmcE Box 4748 CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 337584748 40 10� 'a ©v jca aU. WICHMAN, VIRGINIA 612 YELVJNGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 3376 - 6206 SO PQ o � PITN[Y BOWES 02 1M $00-33 4 0004229492 MAY 21 2007. MAILED FROM ZIPCODE 33602 NIX.iE 3:37 DE 1 00 Os/24/07 RETURN TO SENDER NOT DELoIVERAMLE AS ADDRESSED UNABLE TO FORWARD .0c: 037S0474040 *0901..069 l 22.. of 7� °Clearwater May 17, 2007 E CITY OF CLEARWATER PLANNING DEPARTMENT MUNICIPAL SERVICES BUILDING 100 SOUTH MYRTLE AVENUE, CLEARWATER, FLORIDA 33756 TELEPHONE: (727) 562 -4567 FAX: (727) 562 -4576 WWW.MYCLEARWATER.COM . RE: NOTICE OF FILING OF AN APPLICATION FOR FLEXIBLE STANDARD DEVELOPMENT APPROVAL AT 1622 TURNER ST (FLS2007- 04019) To Surrounding Property Owners: As a property owner within 500 feet of 1622 TURNER ST, the City of Clearwater Planning Department gives notice that an application for Flexible Standard Development approval to allow a Community Residential Home (up to 14 residents) in the Medium Density Residential (MDR) district under the provisions of Section 2- 303.B.. On June 07, 2007, the Development Review Committee (composed of the City's professional staff) will review and determine whether the application demonstrates compliance with the City's Community Development Code. Following that review and determiniation, the Planning Director will issue a Development Order approving, approving with conditions, or denying the application. The earliest date that the City will make a decision on the application will be June 07, 2007. The City encourages you to participate in the review of this application. You may contact me at 562- 4567x2504 orScott.Kurleman @myclearwater.com for further information, visit our office to review the files and/or submit written comments to be considered in the City's review of the application. Please be advised that the applicant may submit additional or new information regarding this case; which you may review during regular business hours. However, no further notice will be provided to you should the application be amended. An appeal of the decision of the Planning Director may be initiated by the applicant or property owners within the required notice area who present competent substantial evidence at, or prior to, the Development Review Committee meeting on June 07, 2007. An appeal must be filed, including an appeal fee, with the Planning Department within seven days of the date of the Development Order. Thank you for your interest in the City of Clearwater's development review process. You may access our Planning Department through the City's website: www.myclearwater.com. Since y you Scott Kurleman Planner 11 Letter ofNotifcntion - FLS2007 -04019 - 1622 TURNER ST ..ry Vl l HOFFMAN, MARIA C 1425 NURSERY RD CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 2316 PAGE, MARGARET L 2143 GROVE PL CLEARWATER FL 33764 - 6637 TERNDRUP, DALE W 1568 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6126 SWANN, REBECCA E LATTA, PARKER A JR 168 STEKOA FALLS RD CLAYTON GA 30525 - 5636 LINCO AUTO PARTS INC PO BOX 15060 BRADENTON FL 34280 - 5060 SANDERSON, ROBERT M SANDERSON, NICKEY L 1736 SUFFOLK DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 1840 MORAGIANNIS, NIKITAS 5118 MAIN ST SKOKIE IL 60077 - 2102 EDGAR, LORREN M 238 TALLEY DR PALM HARBOR FL 34684 - 4654 SIMON, BUSTER B 707 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6117 HOFFMAN, MARIA C is 1425 NURSERY RD CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 2316 PALUMBO, BONITA 1604 JACOB CT CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 4568 CHAMBURS, RUTH U 1567 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6125 DIAZ, EDNA M 615 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6115 BRUNO, ARTHUR H BRUNO, MARY L PO BOX 1210 AMHERST NH 03031 - 1210 JOSS, BONNIE C 1609 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6201 WICHMAN, VIRGINIA 612 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6206 DAVIS, VICKI L 704 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6208 GUIGNON, ROBERT 703 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6117 BALLOW, CHARLES A 520 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6114 PRESTIA, GIOVANNI PRESTIA, SERAFINA 1115 W VERNON PARK PL CHICAGO IL 60607 - 3424 BLECK, RITA 600 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6116 HOFFMAN, DANA E JR THE HOFFMAN, BERNICE L THE RTI BOX 10 RUTLAND OH 45775 - 9701 AVANTI INTERGALACTIC INC PO BOX 4989 CLEARWATER FL 33758 - 4989 SHACKTON, ROBERT W JR SHACKTON, CATHERINE I 1348 HIBISCUS ST N CLEARWATER FL 33755 - 3405 MULLINS, RAY E MULLINS, MARY L 616 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6206 FITZGERALD, ROBYN M 710 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6208 GAMELLI, KAREN M GAMELLI, DINO D 617 S LAKE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6115 GINGRAS, SHANE A SHACKTON, ROBERT W JR MC MILLIAN, JAMES M 615 LAKE DR S SHACKTON, CATHERINE L WELCH, CATHERINE V CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6115 1348 HIBISCUS ST N 1635 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33755 - 3405 CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6245 `Y cl WEBB, ALICIA WEBB, MATTHEW 1631 E TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6245 BOLINGER, GAIL D 608 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6224 BURNS, MIKIE T BURNS, CAROL M 700 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6226 FLORIDA DIVERSIFIED ENTERPRISE 711 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6207 LOYER, ROBERT T LOYER, KELLY A 615 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6205 KLAUCK, RICHARD A KLAUCK, CHARLENE 614 SPENCER AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6237 MORIN, ROGER P MORIN, KAREN A 1647 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6246 HEUCHAN, CHARLES V II 621 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6223 CHAMBERS, MICHAEL 2160 LONGBOW LN CLEARWATER FL 33764 - 6406 46 JONES, KAREN E • 1627 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6245 STUMBERS, MARY A 612 S KEYSTONE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6224 SCHWENKLER, PAUL A 704 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6226 TAYLOR, LAVERNE D 701 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6207 GREEN, CLARA L 609 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6205 MACHU, MILOSLAV 125 W CYPRESS CT OLDSMAR FL 34677 - 6102 TURNER, JOSEPH D TINSON- TURNER, JULIE J 609 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6223 FRANK, HOWARD A FRANK, JACQUELYN K 703 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6225 SAARI, RENEE SAARI, LISA J PO BOX 5896 CLEARWATER FL 33758 - 5896 DAVID, MANUEL G DAVID, YOLANDA A 1625 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6245 JUDGES, MICHELLE E JUDGES, CHARLES A P 616 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6224 FLORIDA DIVERSIFIED ENTERPRISE 711 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6207 DEDDEN, JOHN L DEDDEN, FLORA M 619 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6205 SACHS, MYRTLE B 620 SPENCER AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6237 DELP, DORIS K MINIER, CLIFFORD H 1657 TURNER ST # A CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6246 LOY, JOSEPH D 615 KEYSTONE AVE S CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6223 PARSONS, CRAIG PARSONS, JUDITH 709 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6225 DU VERNEY, JULIA THE DU VERNEY, YOLANDA THE 529 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6242 PINELLAS COUNTY LIBERTY BANK SHACKTON, ROBERT W JR EMPLOYEES FEDE PO BOX 119 SHACKTON, CATHERINE L 10273 ULMERTON RD CLEARWATER FL 33757 - 0119 1348 HIBISCUS ST N LARGO FL 33771 - 4118 CLEARWATER FL 33755 - 3405 ROSEMIRE- DOBBIE, DONNA 515 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6113 FROGGATT, THOMAS J FROGGATT, JOANNE M 527 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6113 ODEA, J DAVID 509 BAYWOOD DR S DUNEDIN FL 34698 - 2012 HOLMQUIST, BRIAN HOLMQUIST, JEANNE 534 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6204 SCHLANSER, JOHN B THE BURK, MAYME M THE 1201 COLLINS DR EFFINGHAM IL 62401 - 1620 D LOULOURGAS PROPERTIES THREE 1700 SUNSHINE DR CLEARWATER FL 33765 - 1318 DEADMAN, LEONARD J DEADMAN, NANCY 2192 ACADEMY DR CLEARWATER FL 33764 - 4802 DOWNS, STEVE T 1636 E TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6244 ESPOSITO, ELOISA 526 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6222 PORTER, DALE PORTER, KATHY 331 OCEANVIEW AVE PALM HARBOR FL 34683 - 1813 TILLER, JAMES E TILLER, JOYCE A 531 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6113 VOLITON, CLAUDE 1610 TURNER ST CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6202 LOUDY, LARRY L 530 YELVINGTON AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6204 FTMCLLC 5560 METROWEST BLVD # 104 ORLANDO FL 32811 - 2462 FTMCLLC 5560 METROWEST BLVD # 104 ORLANDO FL 32811 - 2462 FAMILY RESOURCES INC PO BOX 13087 ST PETERSBURG FL 33733 - 3087 ZULLO, THOMAS FARID, ASHRAF S 107 E GRAPEFRUIT CIR CLEARWATER FL 33759 - 2410 STRICKLER, LINN A 524 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6222 SOSA,SANTOS 523 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6113 WARREN, ELIJAH E WARREN, BEULAH B 535 S LAKE DR CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6113 GUARINO, KATHLEEN P 98 TREEHAVEN RD WEST SENECA NY 14224 - 3637 SCHLANSER, JOHN B THE BURK, MAYME M THE 1201 COLLINS DR EFFINGHAM IL 62401 - 1620 PAYASI CO 1631 GULF TO BAY BLVD CLEARWATER FL 33755 - 6475 BOWEN, GEORGE W JR BOWEN, BEVERLY A 407 HARBOR VIEW LN BELLEAIR BLF FL 33770 - 4080 GIORDANO, VINCENT GIORDANO, SHERYL 105 WOOD CREEK DR S SAFETY HARBOR FL 34695 - 5512 ZULLO, THOMAS FARID, ASHRAF S 107 E GRAPEFRUIT CIR CLEARWATER FL 33759 - 2410 GASTON, MILDRED J 520 S KEYSTONE AVE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6222 O'NEILL, MICHAEL ROGERO, MARY SKYCREST NEIGHBORS 711 YELVINGTON AVE 2300 ALLIGATOR CREEK RD 121 N CREST AVENUE CLEARWATER FL 33756 - 6207 CLEARWATER FL 33765 - 2205 CLEARWATER, FL 33755 JOANNA SISKIN ' April 7, 2007 Family Resources Inc. ' 5180 62nd Ave N. Pinellas Park, FL 33781 TIERRA Attn: Ms. Karen Miller, V.P. of Business Administration RE: Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Ms. Miller: Tierra, Inc. has completed a geotechnical engineering study for the referenced project. The results of the study are provided herein. This engineering study should not be considered a final report, but is being transmitted as a signed and sealed copy to receive public agency reviews, comments, and interpretations. Should there be any questions regarding this report, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (813) 989 -1354. Tierra would be pleased to continue providing geotechnical services throughout the implementation of this project. We look forward to working with you on this and future projects. Respectfully Submitted, TIERRA, im. Marc E. Novak, E.I. Geotechnical Engineer Intern i Larry P. Moore, Principal Geotechnical engineer Florida License No. 47e� 7805 Professional Place • Tampa, Florida 33637 ' 813.989.1354 • Fax 813.989.1.355 TABLE OF CONTENTS PROJECT DESCRIPTION ........................................:....................... ..............................1 ProjectInformation .......................................................................... ..............................1 Scopeof Services ..............:............................................................ ..............................1 SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ......................................... ..............................2 General Site Information ................................................................. ..............................2 PinellasCounty Soil Survey ............................................................ ..............................2 SubsurfaceConditions .................................................................... ..............................3 EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS ..................................... ..............................4 General............................................................................................ ............................... 4 SitePreparation ............................................................................... ..............................4 Foundation Recommendations ....................................................... ..............................5 Settlement...................................................................................... ............................... 5 FloorSlab ........................................................................................ ..............................6 On Site Soil Suitability ..................................................................... ..............................6 CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS ............................................ ..............................6 General............................................................................................ ..............................6 Fill Placement and Subgrade Preparation ....................................... ..............................7 Drainage and Groundwater Concerns ............................................. ..............................9 ' Structural Fill ....................................................... ............................... ....9 Excavations.................................................................................... ............................... 9 REPORTLIMITATIONS ................................................................... ... ...........................10 APPENDIX Boring Location Plan and Soil Profiles Sheets 1 and 2 Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue ' Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 1 of 10 ' PROJECT DESCRIPTION Project Information The proposed. project is located at the northeast quadrant of the intersection of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue in Clearwater, Florida. The project consists of the demolition ' of the existing residence on the project site and the design and construction of a new two - story residence. It is our understanding the structure will be founded upon a shallow ' foundation. Tierra reviewed the Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) for the project area, the proposed structure is located within a Zone X and /or D area -- structure foundation systems within X and /or D areas do not consider the effects of coastal scour. This information should be reviewed by the Structural Engineer of Record. Structural details for the proposed structure were not available for preparation of this report. Based on our experience with similar projects, we anticipate that the maximum column, wall and floor loads will not exceed 40 kips, 5 kips per linear foot and 150 pounds per square foot, respectively. David Gerald Construction should recognize that depending on the required grades and loading, the recommendations given herein may require 1 modification. We strongly suggest that we be given the opportunity to review our recommendations once structural details, design plans, and grading have been more fully developed Scope of Services The objective of our study was to obtain information concerning subsurface conditions at the site in order to obtain data from which to base engineering estimates and recommendations in each of the following areas: 1. Feasibility of utilizing the anticipated shallows read foundations stem for support of the structure. ' 2. Design parameters required for the foundation system, including allowable bearing pressures., foundation sizes, foundation levels and soil subgrade treatments. 3. Suitability of materials on -site for use as structural fill and general backfill. Recommendations for placement and compaction of approved fill materials. ' 4. General location and description of potentially deleterious materials discovered in the borings which may interfere with construction progress and structure ' performance, including existing fills or surficial organics. 5. Identification of groundwater levels. Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue ' Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 2 of 10 We provided the following services in order to achieve the preceding objectives: 1. Reviewed readily available published soils and topographic information. This published information was obtained from the appropriate Florida Quadrangle Map published by the United States Geological Survey (USGS) and the Soil Survey of Pinellas County, Florida published by the United States Department of ' Agriculture (USDA) Soil Conservation Service (SCS). 2. Executed a program of subsurface exploration consisting of borings, subsurface sampling and field- testing. We performed two (2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT) borings in the proposed structure area to a depth of 25 feet below existing grades and three (3) SPTs to a depth of six (6) feet below existing grades. In the borings, samples were collected and SPT resistances measured virtually continuously for the top 10 feet and on intervals of 5 feet thereafter. 3. Visually classified the samples in the laboratory using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). Identified soil conditions at each boring location Iand formed an opinion of the site soil stratigraphy. 4. Collected groundwater level measurements. . ' 5. Prepared this engineering report which summarizes the course of study pursued, the field data , generated; subsurface conditions encountered and our engineering recommendations in each of the pertinent topic areas. ' The scope of our services did not include an environmental assessment for determining the presence or absence of wetlands or hazardous or toxic materials in the soil, bedrock, groundwater, or air, on or below or around this site. Any statements in this report or on the boring logs regarding odors, colors, unusual or suspicious items or conditions are strictly for the information of our client. SITE AND SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS ' General Site Information 1 The proposed project is located at the northeast quadrant of the intersection of Turner Street and Yelvingston Avenue in Clearwater, Pinellas County, Florida. The project site is currently occupied by a one -story residential structure. Pinellas County Soil Survey ' Based on a review of the Pinellas County Soil Survey, it appears that there is one (1) primary soil- mapping unit noted within the project site — Urban Land - Astatual Complex (Uc). The general soil description is presented in the following sub - section, as described in tthe Soil Survey. 1 t Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 3 of 10 Unit Uc— Urban Land - Astatula Complex: This complex is about 30 to 70 percent Astatula fine sand, or which 10 to 20 percent has been modified by cutting, grading, and shaping. About 25 to 40 percent of this complex is Urban Land that is covered with houses, industrial buildings, other structures, and pavement. The surrounding area has been well - developed and natural soils have been modified and replaced by urban land. Little pertinent information is available on this type of soil. Subsurface Conditions The subsurface conditions were explored using five (5) SPT borings drilled to depths ranging from 6 to 25 feet below existing grades. The borings were located in the field by a representative of Tierra measuring distances from existing site features. The approximate boring locations are presented in the Appendix. The SPT borings were performed with the use of a D25 track mounted drill rig using Bentonite Mud drilling procedures. The soil sampling was performed in general accordance with American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM D- 1586). SPT resistance N- values were taken at intervals of 5 feet below a depth of 10 feet. The soil samples were classified in the field and transported to our laboratory for review. The soil strata encountered in the borings performed at the proposed residence are summarized in the following table: Stratum Soil Description USCS Symbol Number 1 Light Gray to Dark Brown Fine SAND to SAND SP /SP -SM With Silt The subsurface soil stratification is of a generalized nature to highlight the. major subsurface stratification features and material characteristics. The soil profiles. included in the Appendix should be reviewed for specific information at individual boring locations. These profiles include soil description, stratifications and penetration resistances. The ' stratifications shown on the boring profiles represent the conditions only at the actual boring location. Variations may occur and should be expected between boring locations. The stratifications represent the approximate boundary between subsurface materials and the actual transition may be gradual. t Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue ' Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 4 of 10 ' Groundwater Information t The groundwater level was encountered at a depth of approximately 8 feet below the existing ground surface in Boring B -1 and B -2; the groundwater table was not encountered within the boring termination depth within borings B -3, B -4, and B -5. It should be noted that groundwater levels tend to fluctuate during periods of prolonged drought and extended rainfall and may be affected by man -made influences. In addition, a seasonal effect will also occur in which higher groundwater levels are normally recorded in rainy seasons. ' It is estimated that the SHGWT will be encountered at an approximate depth of 4 feet below the existing ground surface. If this SHGWT estimate becomes critical to design then ' additional borings may be necessary to refine our estimates. The SHGWT should be used in the design of the foundation. The results of the.borings performed are presented in the Appendix. EVALUATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS It is our understanding the current one -story residence at the project site will be demolished prior to construction of the new two -story residence. The existing foundation, slabs, and ' associated pipes /conduits should be removed /excavated and replaced with clean compacted fill material as described in subsequent sections of this report. Failure to remove /excavate the existing foundation /slabs, pipes /conduits may result in differential ' settlements exceeding tolerable limits for the proposed structure. General 1 Depending on the final layout of the proposed structure and assuming finished grades at or above existing site grades, the foundations and /or floor slabs may bear on the sandy soil encountered in the borings. The results of the borings generally indicate that the native sandy soil will provide adequate support for lightly loaded shallow foundation systems when prepared in accordance with the recommendations provided herein. The building pad area for the proposed structure will require proper site preparation before development. Our recommendations for site preparation, foundation design criteria, settlement, floor slabs and construction considerations are presented in the following report sections. 1 Site Preparation Prior to construction, the location of any existing underground utilities within the construction area should be established. Material suitable for re -use may be stockpiled, however, any material stockpiled for re -use shall be tested for conformance to material specifications as indicated in the following sections of this report. Provisions should then be made to relocate any interfering utility lines within the construction area to appropriate locations and backfilling the excavation with compacted structural fill. In this regard, it ' Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue ' Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 5 of 10 1 should be noted that if abandoned underground pipes are not properly removed or plugged, they might serve as conduits for subsurface erosion, which subsequently may result in excessive settlement. As a minimum, it is recommended that the clearing operations extend to the depth needed to remove material considered deleterious at least 5 feet beyond the footprint of the ' proposed structure. The current residence should be cleared and removed in its entirety, including the floor slabs and foundations. Fill placement and subgrade preparation recommendations are presented in the "Construction Considerations" Section of this report. ' Foundation Recommendations The borings performed within the project site generally encountered loose to medium dense fine sands within the foundation influence zone. Based on our evaluation and analyses, these soils should be capable of supporting lightly loaded structures on shallow foundations after proper subgrade preparation and vibratory surface compaction. Based on the anticipated construction, field results indicate shallow foundations may be designed for a net maximum allowable bearing pressure 2,000 psf. The foundation and ' floor slab should bear on properly placed and compacted cohesionless (sand) structural fill. The existing near surface sandy soils should be improved by heavy vibratory compaction after clearing operations and removal of organic soils to improve foundation support and ' reduce total and differential settlement. Compaction criteria are presented under the Construction Considerations Section of this report. All footings should be embedded so that the bottoms of the foundations are a minimum of 18 inches below adjacent compacted grades on all sides. Strip or wall footings should be a minimum of 18 inches wide and pad or column footings should be a minimum of 30 inches wide. The minimum footing sizes should be used regardless of whether or not the foundation loads and allowable bearing pressures dictate a smaller size. These minimum footing sizes tend to provide adequate bearing area to develop bearing capacity and account for minor variations in the bearing materials. All footings should be constructed in a dry fashion. All footing excavations should be covered during rain events. Uncovered excavations may become oversaturated and difficult to compact during rain events. Surface run -off water should be drained away from the excavations and not allowed to pond. It is important that the structural elements be centered on the footings such that the load is transferred evenly unless the footings are proportioned for eccentric loads. Settlement The settlement of shallow foundations supported on the compacted sand fill and natural sandy soils should occur rapidly after loading. Thus, the expected settlement should occur during construction as dead loads are imposed. Provided the recommended site ' preparation operations are properly performed and the recommendations previously stated are utilized (including the removal and replacement of the existing foundation, slabs, pipes, 1 fl Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 6 of 10 etc. with clean compacted fill), the total settlement of wall and isolated column footings should not exceed one (1) inch. Differential settlement is estimated.to be on the order of Y2 of the total settlement. Differential settlement of this magnitude is usually considered tolerable for the anticipated construction; however, the tolerance of the proposed structure to the predicted total and differential settlement should be confirmed, by the structural engineer. If final loading conditions differ from the loads assumed above, Tierra should be. given the opportunity to review and amend (if necessary) our recommendations. [a SWAM F17 The floor slab may be safely supported as a slab -on -grade provided any undesirable (deleterious) materials are removed and replaced with controlled structural fill. It is also recommended that the floor slab bearing soils be covered by a lapped polyethylene sheeting in order to minimize the potential for floor dampness which can affect the performance of glued tile and carpet (if any are used). This membrane should consist of a minimum six (6) mil single layer of non- corroding, non - deteriorating sheeting material placed to minimize seams and to cover all of the soil below the building floor. This membrane should be cut in a cross shape for pipes or other penetrations; the membrane should extend to within one -half inch of all pipes or other penetrations. All seams of the membrane should be lapped at least 12 inches. Punctures or tears in the membrane should be repaired with the same or compatible material. On Site Soil Suitability The subsurface soil conditions encountered are presented on Sheet 2 in the Appendix of this report. The suitability of the soil for reuse in construction should be evaluated against the project engineering fill requirements. Variations in the subsurface stratification should be expected between borings. All fill should be placed in accordance with the recommendations provided in this report. In general, the fine sands (Stratum 1) [SP /SP -SM] may be moved and used for grading purposes, site leveling, general engineering fill, structural fill and backfill in other areas, provided the fill is free of organic materials, clay, debris or any other material deemed unsuitable for construction and evaluated against engineering fill requirements. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS General It is recommended that a qualified and certified material engineering firm be retained to provide observation and testing of construction activities involved in the foundation earthwork, and related activities of this project. Tierra cannot accept any responsibility for any conditions, which deviate from those described in this report, if not engaged to provide construction observation and testing for this project. 1 t t t G Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 7 of 10 Fill Placement and Subgrade Preparation The following are our recommendations for overall site preparation and mechanical densification work for the construction of the proposed residence based on the anticipated construction. and our boring results. These recommendations should be used as a guideline for the project general specifications prepared by the design engineer. 1. The site should be cleared; this primarily includes removing any deleterious materials currently on the site. It is recommended that any undesirable material be removed to the satisfaction of Tierra prior to beginning construction at the site (including existing foundation/ slabs, pipes /conduits, etc.). Any cavities formed should be replaced with compacted structural fill. As a minimum, it is recommended that the clearing operations extend at least five (5) feet beyond the structure perimeters. 2. Following the clearing operations, the exposed existing subgrade should be evaluated and proofrolled as directed by representatives of Tierra to confirm that all unsuitable materials have been removed. The proofrolling should consist of compaction using a large diameter, heavy vibratory drum roller. The vibratory drum roller should have a static drum weight on the order of eight (8) to ten (10) tons and should be capable of exerting a minimum impact 'force of 36,000 pounds (DYNAPAC CA -250 or equivalent) is expected to provide adequate results. The vibratory component should not be used within 50 feet of existing structures. These areas should be compacted using a fully loaded 2 cubic yard capacity front end loader or equivalent. 3. Careful observations should be made during proofrolling to help identify any areas of soft yielding soils that may require over excavation and replacement. Prior to any field operations, we recommend that a survey be performed (including pictures and /or video) of any existing structures.(including utilities) located adjacent to the proposed construction. Documentation should be made of any foundation problems or cracking noted by the owners and the survey crews. It is also recommended that a follow -up photographic survey be performed after the construction activities. 4. The proofrolling equipment should make a minimum of eight (8) overlapping passes over the structure and pavement areas with the successive passes aligned perpendicular. It is recommended that within the building area, the natural ground, to a minimum depth of one (1) foot below stripped grade, be compacted to a dry density of at least 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. 5. Following satisfactory completion of the initial compaction, the structure and pavement areas may be brought up to finished subgrade levels, if needed, using structural fill. Imported fill should consist of fine sand with less than 12% passing the No. 200 sieve, free of rubble, organics, clay, debris and other unsuitable material. Fill should be tested and approved prior to acquisition. Approved sand fill should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 12 inches in thickness and should be ' Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 707 -107 Page 8 of 10 compacted to a minimum density of 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. Density tests to confirm compaction should be performed in each fill lift before the next lift is placed. ' 6. Prior to beginning compaction, soil moisture contents may need to be controlled in order to facilitate proper compaction. If additional moisture is necessary.to achieve ' compaction objectives, then water should be applied in such a way that it will not cause erosion or removal of the subgrade soils. Moisture content within the percentage range .needed to achieve compaction is. recommended prior to compaction of the natural ground and fill. 7. After compaction and proofrolling, the building foundation excavations can begin. ' Foundation excavations should be observed by the geotechnical engineer or a representative to explore the extent of any loose, soft, or otherwise undesirable materials. If the foundation excavations appear suitable as load bearing materials, the bottom of the foundation excavations should be compacted to a minimum density of 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density for a minimum depth of one (1) foot below the bottom of the footing depth, as determined by field density compaction tests. ' 8. Backfill soils placed adjacent to footings or walls should be carefully compacted with a light rubber -tired roller or vibratory plate compactor to avoid damaging the footings or walls. Approved sand fills to provide foundation embedment constraint should be placed in loose lifts not exceeding 6 inches and should be compacted to a minimum density of 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. ' 9. If soft pockets are encountered in the footing excavations, the unsuitable materials should be removed and the proposed footing elevation may be re- established by backfilling after the undesirable material has been removed. This backfilling may be done with a very lean concrete or with a well- compacted, suitable fill such as clean sand, gravel, or crushed FDOT No. 57 or FDOT No. 67 stone. Sand backfill should be compacted to a minimum density of 95% of the Modified Proctor maximum dry density. 10. Immediately prior to reinforcing steel placement, it is suggested that the bearing ' surfaces of all footing and floor slab areas be compacted using hand operated mechanical tampers. In this manner, any localized areas, which have been loosened by excavation operations, should be adequately recompacted. A representative from our firm should be retained to provide on -site observation of earthwork and ground modification activities. Density tests should be performed in the top ' one (1) foot of compacted existing ground, each fill lift, and the bottom of foundation excavations. It is important that Tierra be retained to observe that the subsurface conditions are as we have discussed herein, and that foundation construction ground ' modification and fill placement is in accordance with our recommendations. ' Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 9 of 10 ' Drainage and Groundwater Concerns The groundwater levels presented in this report are the levels that were measured at the time of our field activities. Fluctuation should be anticipated. We recommend that the Contractor determine the actual groundwater levels at the time of the construction to determine groundwater impact on his construction procedure. Groundwater control may be 1 necessary for the construction of the proposed structures. Groundwater can normally be controlled in shallow excavations or rim ditches with a sump pump. During subgrade soil 'preparation, any soils below design grade could become disturbed by construction ' activities. If this becomes the case, the contractor may be directed by the owner's representative to remove the disturbed or pumping soils to a depth of 12 to 18 inches below design grade and backfill the area with structural fill. Water should not be allowed to collect in the foundation excavation, on the floor slab areas, or on prepared subgrades of the construction either during or after construction. ' Undercut or excavated areas should be sloped toward one corner to facilitate removal of any collected rainwater, groundwater, or surface runoff. Positive site drainage should be provided to reduce infiltration of surface water around the perimeter of the building and beneath the floor slabs. The grades should be sloped away from the building and surface drainage should be collected and discharged such that water is not permitted to infiltrate the backfill and floor slab areas of the building. Structural Fill All materials to be used for structural fill or backfill should be evaluated and, if necessary, tested by Tierra prior to placement to determine if they are suitable for the intended use. Suitable fill materials should consist of fine to medium sand with less than 12% passing the No. 200 sieve, free of rubble, organics, clay, debris and other unsuitable material and evaluated against engineering fill requirements. Excavations In general, the majority of the fine sands (Stratum 1) [SP /SP -SM], can be moved and used ' for grading purposes, site leveling, general engineering fill, structural fill and backfill in other areas, provided the fill is free of organic materials, clay, debris or any other material ' deemed unsuitable for construction. All fill should be placed in accordance with the recommendations provided in this report. In Federal Register, Volume 54, No. 209 (October 1989), the United States Department of Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) amended its "Construction Standards for Excavations, 29 CFR, Part 1926, Subpart P ". This document was issued to 1 better insure the safety of workmen entering trenches or excavations. It is mandated by this federal regulation that excavations, whether they be utility trenches, basement excavations or footing excavations, be constructed in accordance with the new OSHA ' guidelines. It is our understanding that these regulations are being strictly enforced and if they are not closely followed, the owner and the contractor could be liable for substantial penalties. 1 ' Geotechnical Engineering Services Report Residence — Northeast Quadrant of Turner Street and Yelvington Avenue ' Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 . Page 10 of 10 ' The contractor is solely responsible for designing and constructing stable, temporary excavations and should shore, slope, or bench the sides of the excavations as required to maintain stability of both the excavation sides and bottom. The contractors "responsible ' persons ", as defined in 29 CFR Part 1926, should evaluate the soil exposed in the excavations as part of the contractor's safety procedures. In no case should slope height, slope inclination, or excavation depth, including utility trench excavation depth, exceed ' those specified in all local, state, and federal safety regulations. We are providing this information solely as a service to our client. Tierra does not assume ' responsibility for construction site safety or the contractor's or other party's compliance with local, state, and federal safety or other regulations. REPORT LIMITATIONS ' Our professional services have been performed, our findings obtained and our recommendations prepared in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical engineering principles and practices. This company is not responsible for the conclusions, opinions or recommendations made by others based on this data. The scope of the exploration was intended to evaluate soil conditions. The ' recommendations submitted are based on the available subsurface information obtained by Tierra and design details furnished by David Gerald Construction for the proposed project. If there are any revisions to the plans for this project or if deviations from the subsurface conditions noted in this report are encountered during construction, Tierra should be notified immediately to determine if changes In the foundation recommendations ' are required. If Tierra is not retained to perform these functions, Tierra will not be responsible for the impact of those conditions or the geotechnical recommendations for the project. After the plans and specifications are more complete, the Geotechnical Engineer should be retained and provided the opportunity to review the final design plans and specifications to check that our engineering recommendations have been properly incorporated into the design documents. At this time, it may be necessary to submit supplementary recommendations. This report has been prepared for the exclusive use of David Gerald ' Construction and its consultant(s) for the specific application to the proposed project site in Clearwater, Florida. fl 1 1 1�: E -n re, Y*,K � .. 4anrg+slsttt f.a h0 3 Y £ na .0 ?T 33, m �B -1 � t B -3_.=s �a BY � a r • x, aI � � Ib ��° $ $ W. •avKetis" rsiei': a + n hhh n..mrmr p�.� � fMtIIM9 fE��PPp. Ttf6 I B-4 B -2 B -5 wmsx ts• tr >t 4 a3.[i•VT q � �- W L8 5.88•k^y'k4'rc. ID2.1L" tSE M 4nr - �RTW LfCM tY ts3• rswcttTt a,nm+ Taaa 9: � gerrTKe ttKa ..w.mt �� i'Mf Mf TyttCq 4TC[tt �C Mv. t�v. C3J iY4Tnte LLKk re.p4t` Wv. [r.v. nit � d i„"'�. i°WF w:. ...T•I Hw .'.�.'. �" td •E�+.w�fWT[Lffr BORING LOCATION PLAN LEGEND 0 30' N Y APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPT BORING PLAN SCALE TTERRA GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES 1 SCALE: PROJECT NUMBER: 7805 Professional Place NOTED 6511 -07 -107 FAMILY RESOURCES CENTER sHEET1 Tampa, Florida 33637 FL CerL No.: 986486� Fex: 6, 3 -969-'355 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA NOTE: BASE MAP PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT DRAWN BY: APPROVED BY: ENGINEER OF RECORD: SW LPM LARRY P. MOORE, P.E. ' FLO{J RIDA LICENSE NO.: CHECKED BY: DATE: 47`+73 MEN APR 2007 3: \6511 \2007 Fles \6511- 07- 107\CADD \6511.07- 107.dwg, 4/512007 2:34:46 PM, Adobe PDF td •E�+.w�fWT[Lffr BORING LOCATION PLAN LEGEND 0 30' N Y APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPT BORING PLAN SCALE TTERRA GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES 1 SCALE: PROJECT NUMBER: 7805 Professional Place NOTED 6511 -07 -107 FAMILY RESOURCES CENTER sHEET1 Tampa, Florida 33637 FL CerL No.: 986486� Fex: 6, 3 -969-'355 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA J: \6511 \2007 Files\ 6511- 07- 107\CADD \6511- 07- 107.dwg, 4/5/2007 2:35:27 PM, Adobe PDF TIERRA IJune 18, 2007. ' Family Resources Inc. 5180 62nd Ave N. Pinellas Park, FL 33781 Attn: Ms. Karen Miller, V.P. of Business Administration RE: Family Resources Facility Stormwater Management Area Pinellas County,florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Ms. Miller: JIJ 20' 2007 P1ANNING DEPARTJiAE W CITY OF- CLEARINATER Per the request of Family Resources, Inc, Tierra, Inc. has completed the additional geotechnical field services for the referenced project. The results of the field services are provided herein. This letter /report supplements information contained in the Geotechnical Engineering Services Report [dated April 7, 2007] for the above referenced project. Field hydraulic conductivity tests were performed to evaluate drainage properties of the insitu soils at the Stormwater Management Area (SMA). One (1) horizontal and one (1) vertical hydraulic conductivity tests were performed at a depth of approximately 3 feet below existing grades, as requested. In addition, an auger boring was performed to a .depth of 5 feet below existing grade at each of the test locations. The results of the field tests and discussion of test procedure are presented below. The groundwater was not encountered to a depth of 5 feet below existing grade at the test locations. It is estimated that the Seasonal High Groundwater Table (SHGWT) will generally be encountered at a depth of approximately 4 feet below existing site grade within the proposed pond area. 7805 Professional Place - Tampa, Florida 33637 813.989.1354 • FAX 813.989.1355 r 1 Family Resources Facility Stormwater Management Area Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 2 of 3 Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity One (1) Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity test was performed within proposed pond area. The test was performed approximately 3 feet below existing grade. The test procedure uses a slotted screen at the test depth to allow water to flow into the soils in a horizontal direction, under a measured head pressure. The flow of water into the test apparatus is measured and recorded for a given time interval. The test was .performed, and results evaluated, in general accordance with methodology presented in booklet "Stormwater Retention Pond Infiltration Analyses In Unconfined Aquifers ", Jammal & Associates, Inc. Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity One (1) Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity test was performed at a depth of 3 feet within proposed pond area. The test procedure uses a solid pipe placed into the ground to a specified depth that allows water to flow into the soils in a vertical direction, under a measured head pressure. The flow of water into the test apparatus is measured and recorded for a' given time interval.. The test was performed, and results evaluated, in general accordance with methodology presented in booklet "Stormwater Retention Pond Infiltration Analyses In Unconfined Aquifers ", Jammal & Associates, Inc. The following table presents the results of the field hydraulic conductivity tests: Soil Stratum Tested 1 Date of Test 6/14/2007 Depth to GWT [at time of test] (ft)* GNE *Depths are distance below existing ground surface In -situ Hydraulic Conductivity Horizontal Vertical ( ft/day) (ft/day) >30 ** 1 >30 ** ** Tierra recommends a maximum design hydraulic conductivity of 25 ft/day GNE: existing GWT not encountered at a depth of 5 feet below existing ground surface Family Resources Facility Stormwater Management Area Pinellas County, Florida Tierra Project No.: 6511 -07 -107 Page 3 of 3 Should there be any questions regarding these results, please do not hesitate to contact our office at (813) 989 -1354. We look forward to working with you and your organization on this and future projects. Respectfully Submitted, TIER A, im. Marc E. Novak, E.I. Geotechnical Engineer Intern Attachments Larry P. Moore, P.E. _ 7 Senior Geotechnical En-ine'er 9 Florida Registration No. 47673 p momv. , ,� 6b zmcarr,�r xetsn ,sr�ams mM a.v. nia - ux. nv. arse 1 NOTE: BASE MAP PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT LOT 31 • ,,,�tY• .�...y�,Y; ' DRA . SW AP BY. LPM LARRY Pc MOORE, P.E. Y- � FLORIDA LICENSE NO.: i CHECKED BY: DATE: 47673 ., V MEN APR 2007 - 5.88.4E'28'E. EDe.15' {F) » ' 3: \6511 \2007 Files\ 6511 -07- 107 \CADD \6511- 07- 107,dwg, BORING LOCATION PLAN, 6/18/2007 10:07:00 AM ivyt•' mints ma' '�i °', t, ,+,.' r;a, LOT 32 B -1 LOT 33 LOT 34 oe ;� 0 Z . P.... ✓ �,A. $A i »�. `•:e ',;yt ,i: _.�.. �,t, Z I .. sit�.rtntant7es .<' : � � *•� �. r'a68!®AERt 66Yni'ffiM 1fSta , � B -4� B B -5 -2 �UA r fv CF) ' rza its r a � 6b zmcarr,�r xetsn ,sr�ams mM a.v. nia - ux. nv. arse 1 4 "*" rem m —,%P TURNER STREET (F) CEN"TRAL. AVENUE ([gy) snU tioffiur- BORING LOCATION PLAN 0 30' PLAN SCALE T ERRA SCALE: rofessional Place NOTED , Florida 33637 :813- 989 -1354 Fax: 813 -989 -1355 FL Cert. No.: 6486 msa n� atom nroanra, aev, n.v..... na�v v n� I I i LEGEND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPT BORING Q APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF FIELD PERMEABILITY TEST GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PROJECT NUMBER: 6511 -07 -107 FAMILY RESOURCES CENTER SHEET 1 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA d i NOTE: BASE MAP PROVIDED BY THE CLIENT ' DRA . SW AP BY. LPM LARRY Pc MOORE, P.E. FLORIDA LICENSE NO.: CHECKED BY: DATE: 47673 ., V MEN APR 2007 3: \6511 \2007 Files\ 6511 -07- 107 \CADD \6511- 07- 107,dwg, BORING LOCATION PLAN, 6/18/2007 10:07:00 AM 4 "*" rem m —,%P TURNER STREET (F) CEN"TRAL. AVENUE ([gy) snU tioffiur- BORING LOCATION PLAN 0 30' PLAN SCALE T ERRA SCALE: rofessional Place NOTED , Florida 33637 :813- 989 -1354 Fax: 813 -989 -1355 FL Cert. No.: 6486 msa n� atom nroanra, aev, n.v..... na�v v n� I I i LEGEND APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF SPT BORING Q APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF FIELD PERMEABILITY TEST GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PROJECT NUMBER: 6511 -07 -107 FAMILY RESOURCES CENTER SHEET 1 PINELLAS COUNTY, FLORIDA d i C u 1 C 3: \6511 \2007 Files\ 6511.07- 107 \CADD \6511- 07- 107.dwg, SOIL PROFILE, 6/15/2007 3:59:46 PM 71 w e i i �I �l Project Manual for Project No. 07004 I -alily mesoinut-ts mu. Transitional Living at 1622 Turner Street Clearwater, Florida May 25th, 2007 1000/'0 Specifications 0101C3 architecture 6671 13th Avenue North, Suite 1C St. Petersburg, Florida 33710 P: 727.381.5220 F: 727.381.0052 Copyright 2005 T .. - t« ARC-3.� architectur June 4, 2007 ADDENDUM #1 Project: Family Resources Transitional Living This addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original bidding documents dated May 25th, 2007 (Building). Acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form. ITEM ONE: As a clarification to Sheet A1.1, light gauge metal studs may be used instead of wood studs specified in the Construction Documents, at all "non -load bearing" partitions. ITEM TWO: As a clarification to Sheet A1.1, 5/8" impact resistant gypsum board may be used instead of the 1/2" specified in the Construction Documents and Project Specifications. ITEM THREE: As a clarification to Sheet A1.4, Finish + Color Schedule, delete the CPT (floor finish) specified at Restroom 202, and replace with ceramic the to match all of the restrooms on the first floor. ITEM FOUR: Delete specification 07610 Sheet Metal Roof dated 5/25/07 in its entirety, and replace with 07610 Sheet Metal Roof dated 6/4/07. (See attached) ITEM FIVE: For bidding purposes, delete carpet material specified under specification 09681- Tile Carpeting from bid form. Only provide installation for Owner provided carpet tile as part of the base bid. ITEM SIX: For bidding purposes, the Owner will provide roll carpeting material for Stair 207. Only provide installation for Owner provided carpet material as part of the base bid. END OF ADDENDUM #1 ARC architecaure 6671 13"' Avenue North, Suite 1C, St. Petersburg, FL 33710 Phone: 727.381.5220 / 727.381.0052 Fax AA26000510 5125107 (rev 614107) .+ SHEET METAL ROOF MOWN Section 07610 - Page 1 of 3 PART 1 -GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A, Prefinished standing sears steel roof panels complete with related flashing, accessory components and prefinished "brakemetat" work required to complete the metal roof work. B. All sealant work required to waterproof the metal roof system is the work of this section. 4,02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A792 - Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 Percent Aluminum -Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot -Dip Process B. ASTM A924 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic - Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. C. ASTM D226 -Specification for,Asphalt- Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing D. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characterisfics of Building Materials E. ASTM E1592 - Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference F. UL580 - Standards for Tests for Wind- Uplift Desistance of Roof Assemblies 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer shall be approved in writing by roofing materials manufacturer and able to demonstrate 3 years successful experience in this type roofing system. 1.04 PERFORMANCEITESTING A. Windload Requirements; Meat the design positive and negative windload pressures: See drawings for windload requirements. B. Impact Resistance Requirements: Meet impact tests as outlined In the Florida Building Code 2004, 1. large missile impact test (up to and including 30 feet in height). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Clearly indicate: 1. Material descriptions. 2. Methods of attachment. 3. All other pertinent details required for secure and complete installation of roof panels. 4. Type and color of sealant. B. Manufacturer's Product Data: Clearly describing the quality of panels and components including type, quality and performance of coating finish. C. Submit manufacturer's current Product Approval Notice indicating product's acceptance for use in accordance with FBC. Notice of Approval shalt indicate as a minimum, product control number, expiration date of approval and the specific conditions governing the approval, 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to job -site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. B, Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Protect products against damage by construction traffic. T 51251M7 (rov 6141071 SHEET METAL ROOF Section 07690 - Page 2 of 3 2, Store panels in dry place to avoid condensation and avoid contact with materials which may cause staining, such as lime, cement, fresh concrete and chemicals. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Finish Warranty: Furnish manufacturers written warranty covering failure of the factory applied finish for 20 years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL ROOF PANELS A, Bartel Type: Berridge 'TEE-PANEL' Metal Standing -Seam panels roll- formed of hot- dipped galvanized stoat, complete with extruded vinyl %mother seat as integral part of snap -on seam, as manufactured by Berridge Manufacturing CompanyMooston• Teams. Is Panel Gage and Width: 24 gage, 12 inch wide. 2. Finish; "Natural Metal Finish" 3. Color. Lead Cote. B. Accessory Components: 1. Provide all miscellaneous flashing components required to make the metal root panels watertight Finish to match panels. 2. Anchors and t:asteners. Noncorrosive; concealed type, with tfashers as required, spaced to meet uplift loads. 3. Fells: Asphalt- saturatod organic tells conforming to ASTM 0225, Type ll (No. 30). 4, hater Protection Membrane: Carlisle OSC -707 roofing underfayment elf- adhering sheaf membrane, ASTM D1970. C. Sealant Exterior quality of type speciridd in Section 07920. Sealant exposed to view shall be a color which matches the color of panels. 0. Substitutions. Products of the follov ►ing manufacturers are acceptable subject to requirements of this section, Products of other manufacturers maybe submitted forevaluation, including, but not limited to. 1. Ceritria 2. Reynolds Metal Company 3, Thompson Architectural Metals Company, Inc.. 4, Modern Metal Systems Incorporated PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install metal panels in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's published recommendations. H. Set metal panels true to fine, without warp or rack. C. Completed installation shall be free of rattles, noise due to thermal movement, and wind %- Ails0m D. Install gaskets, joint filters and sealants where indicated and required for weatherproof performance. E, Install water protection underlayment over root sheathing in valleys and penetrations through roof according to manufacturers recommendations. 5125107. (rov 61410'7) , . .�.,. SHEET METAL ROOF Section 07510 t Page 3 of 3 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the metal roof work, remove strippable plastic film from all prefinished metal in accofdance vtith manufacturer's instructions. $. Replace panels and components that are damaged beyond repair by finish touch -tip. C. Touch up mars, scratches and cut edges exposed to view with type of touch -up coating recommended by manufacturer to snatch finish. END OF SECTION ARC3.: architectur June 6, 2007 ADDENDUM #2 Project: Family Resources Transitional Living This addendum forms a part of the Contract Documents and modifies the original bidding documents dated May 25th, 2007 (Building). Acknowledge receipt of this addendum in the Bid Form. ITEM SEVEN: As a clarification to specification 00200 - Instructions to Bidders, 1.6 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, Item A, delete the "120 calendar days" and replace with "90 calendar days ". ITEM EIGHT: As a clarification to comments made at the Pre Bid Conference on Wednesday, May 30"', 2007- Materials purchased by the GC will not be required to be stored in a bonded warehouse prior to installation, and any secure storage solution that they propose would be acceptable. ITEM NINE: As a clarification to specification 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, 1.3 USE CHARGES, Item A, delete the "are not chargeable to Owner or Architect" and replaced with "are chargeable to the Owner ". These costs shall be reimbursed to the Contractor, by the Owner, as a direct cost without the Contractor standard markups, and shall not be reflected on the Bid Form. ITEM TEN: As a clarification to specification 00810- Supplementary Conditions, 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES, the Contractor shall pay for the impact and permit costs. These costs shall be reimbursed to the Contractor, by the Owner, as a direct cost without the Contractor standard markups, and shall not be reflected on the Bid Form. ITEM ELEVEN: As a clarification to specification 09651- Resilient Floor Tile, 2.3 VINYL COMPSITION TILE, Item B, delete the "12x12" and replace with "24 "x24 ". ITEM TWELVE: As a clarification to specification 08212- Stile and Rail Wood Doors, the interior wood doors shall have a transparent finish, with the frames having an opaque painted finish. ITEM THIRTEEN: As a clarification to the Construction Documents, the ADA accessible shower in Room 105 is the only prefabricated unit. ITEM FOURTEEN: As a clarification to the Construction Documents, Window Types W1 and W2 are fixed and W4 and W5 are operable, as shown on Sheet A6.0. END OF ADDENDUM #2 A RC.3 arc hit.ec:t :dr,e 6671 1e Avenue North, Suite 1C, St. Petersburg, FL 33710 Phone: 727.381.5220/727.381.0052 Fax AA26000510 ATWELL -HICKS DEVELOPMENT CONSULTANTS FAMILY RESOURCES Drawdown Calculations JOB #: 07000485 DATE: 6/18/2007 As requested per stormwater comment numbers 1 and 2, please find the attached signed and sealed geotechnical reports and drawdown calculations. Drawdown calculations were performed using MODRET software. Please find a summary of the input parameters below. Input values that are self explanatory are excluded: Elevation of effective aquifer base: Per geotechnical report, no confining material was found to depths of 25 feet, therefore use minimum value based upon pond bottom per MODRET = EL 54.83 Elevation of Seasonal High Groundwater: Per geotechnical report, assume groundwater at a depth of 4 feet below the ground surface. Existing Ground in area of pond is approximately EL 71.0 Therefore, use SHGWT = 71 -4 = EL 67.00 Elevation of Starting Water Level: Pond bottom elevation Unsaturated Vertical and Unsaturated Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity: Per results of geotechnical investigation, a design value of 25 fuday is recommended. Based upon the input parameters from the site design and geotechnical investigation, find that the pond volume recovers in 4.367 hours < 24 hours, therefore the pond design should be acceptable. MODRET SUMMARY OF UNSATURATED & SATURATED INPUT PARAMETERS PR03ECT NAME: ,FAMILY RESOURCES POLLUTION VOLUME RUNOFF DATA USED UNSATURATED ANALYSIS INCLUDED Pond Bottom Area Pond Volume between Bottom & DHWL Pond Length to Width Ratio (L /W) Elevation of Effective Aquifer Base Elevation of Seasonal High Groundwater Table Elevation of Starting Water Level Elevation of Pond Bottom Design High Water Level Elevation Avg. Effective Storage Coefficient of Soil for Unsaturated Analysis Unsaturated Vertical Hydraulic Conductivity Factor of Safety Saturated Horizontal Hydraulic Conductivity Avg. Effective Storage Coefficient of Soil for Saturated Analysis Avg. Effective Storage Coefficient of Pond /ExfiItration Trench Hydraulic Control Features: Groundwater Control Features - Y/N Distance to Edge of Pond Elevation of Water Level Impervious Barrier - Y/N Elevation of Barrier Bottom Analysis Date: 6/18/2007 190.44 ft2 1,408.00 ft3 5.59 54.83 ft 67.00 ft 69.25 ft 69.25 ft 70.95 ft 0.30 25.00 ft/d 2.00 25.00 ft/d 0.30 1.00 Top Bottom Left Right N N N N 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 N N N N 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 MODRET TIME - RUNOFF INPUT DATA PROJECT NAME: FAMILY RESOURCES STRESS PERIOD NUMBER INCREMENT OF TIME (hrs) VOLUME OF RUNOFF (ft3) Unsat 1.30 128.55 1 1.00 1,279.45 2 2.71 0.00 3 2.71 0.00 4 2.71 0.00 5 2.71 0.00 6 2.71 0.00 7 2.71 0.00 8 2.71 0.00 9 1 2.71 1 0.00 Analysis Date: 6/18/2007 MODRET SUMMARY OF RESULTS PROJECT NAME: FAMILY RESOURCES CUMULATIVE TIME (hrs) WATER ELEVATION (feet) INSTANTANEOUS INFILTRATION RATE (cfs) AVERAGE INFILTRATION RATE (cfs) CUMULATIVE OVERFLOW (ft3) 00.00-0.00 67.000 0.000 0.00000 0.00 67.000 0.13083 0.11055 2.30 69.847 0.09026 0.00 0.06629 4.37 69.250 0.05047 0.00 0.03464 7.72 68.657 0.02840 0.00 0.02216 10.44 68.395 0.01896 0.00 0.01576 13.15 68.209 0.01384 0.00 0.01191 15.86 68.069 0.01064 0.00 0.00937 18.57 67.958 0.00849 0.00 0.00760 21.29 67.869 0.00695 0.00 0.00630 24.00 67.794 0.00 Maximum Water Elevation: 69.847 feet @ 2.30 hours Recovery @ 4.367 hours * Time increment when there is no runoff Maximum Infiltration Rate: 11.532 ft /day Analysis Date: 6/18/2007 1,400 1,300 1,200 1,100 1,000 w 900 io 800 700 a� E 600 0 > 500 400 300 200 100 n INFILTRATION: FAMILY RESOURCES. 0 1 2 3 Time (hrs) Total Volume Infiltrated = 1,408 ft3 4 =` 5/25/07 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 of 2 ........... .._ .........._...._.....----..........._..._................._.............--.._............_----....................._.._..........._........._........_.................._........................_-....._...._...._.........._..-----...............---........._...._...................._.._..........._.._......._...----...... ._...__............__........., _Division _ Section Title Pages SERIES 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS 00100 Bid Solicitation .......................................................................................... ..............................1 00200 Instructions to Bidders .............................................................................. ..............................2 00410 Bid Form ................................................................................................... ..............................2 00500 Contract Forms and Attachments (1997) ................................................. ..............................1 00700 General Conditions ( 1997) ...:.................................................................... ..............................1 00810 Supplementary Conditions ( 1997) ............................................................ ..............................4 00900 Federal Requirements Community Development Block Grant B- 06 -UC -12 -0005 ...................... .............................20 DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01100 Summary ................................................................................................... ..............................2 01290 Payment Procedures ................................................................................ ..............................3 01330 Submittal Procedures ............................................................................... ..............................4 01410 Structural Testing / Inspection Agency Services ...................................... ..............................2 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls ....:....................................................... ..............................4 01770 Closeout Procedures ................................................................................ ..............................3 DIVISION 2 - SITE CONSTRUCTION 02361 Termite Control .............................. ............................... DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE See Drawings DIVISION 4 - MASONRY See Drawings DIVISION 5 - METALS See Drawings .........2 DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry ...................................................................................... ..............................4 06200 Finish Carpentry ....................................................................................... ..............................4 06402 Interior Architectural Woodwork ............................................................... ..............................5 DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07210 Building Insulation ..................................................................................... ..............................2 07610 Sheet Metal Roof ..................................................................................... ..............................2 07620 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim ................................................................. ..............................6 07920 Joint Sealants ........................................................................................... ..............................4 5/25/07 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 of 2 ;... —__ _.._..- - - -.... - .._..._._.__...-- -.._.. ._ .................... .... _.._.__.—_ ....._— ...__.._ ...... --- ..... -- ---._...__ ....... --._.._..-----._...._...... __ .... ---------- .._.._....._...-- ._..._... - Division Section Title Pages DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08212 Stile and Rail Wood Doors ......................................... ............................... 08520 Wood Windows ........................................................... ............................... 08710 Door Hardware ............................................................ ............................... DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09220 Portland Cement Plaster .......................... 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies ...................... 09310 Ceramic Tile ............... ............................... 09510 Acoustical Ceilings ..... ............................... 09651 Resilient Floor Tile ..... ............................... 09653 Resilient Wall Base and Accessories........ 09681 Tile Carpeting ............. ............................... 09910 Painting ..... :.............................................. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10520 Fire Protection Specialties ............. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL See Drawings DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL See Drawings END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS .......... 2 ..........5 ..........3 ...... ..............................5 ...... ..............................6 ...... ..............................6 ..... ............................... 3 ...... ..............................4 .... ............................... 3 .... ............................... 3 ...... ..............................4 4 I t 11! 1 5125/07 ARCS architecture 6671 13th Avenue North, Suite 1C St. Petersburg, Florida 33710 727 - 381 -5220 Transitional Living at Turner Street for Family Resources, Inc. 1622 Turner Street, Clearwater, Florida. BID SOLICITATION Section 00100 - Page 1 of 1 You are invited to bid on a general contract, including all architectural, civil, structural, plumbing, mechanical and electrical work, for construction described in general as follows: Approximately 4,000 square foot +/- two story structure made of cmu exterior walls, with concrete and wood floors, wood truss roof system, gypsum board partitions, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical fixtures, site grading, paving, landscaping, and utilities, all as shown on proposed Contract Documents dated 5/25/07 and the Civil Documents by Atwell -Hicks dated 4/9/07. The owner will demolish the existing structure. The Owner will receive sealed proposals from bidders until 12:00 P.M. on Friday, June 8th, 2007 at the office of Family Resources. Proposals received after that time will not be accepted. Family Resources is located at: Family Resources 518062 nd Avenue North Pinellas Park, FL 33781 727 -521 -5220 The proposed Contract Documents may be purchased, at Contractor's expense, at the following location: Rapid Blueprinting 5300 1 st Ave N, St Petersburg, FL 33710 727 - 321 -2740 Partial sets will not be issued. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive irregularity in bidding. END OF BID SOLICITATION F1 t 1 1, 5/25/07 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 - Page 1 of 2 1.1 BID FORM A. In order to receive consideration, make all bids in strict accordance with the following: 1. Make bids upon the forms provided herein, properly executed and with all items filled out. 2. Do not change the wording of the Bid Form, and do not add to the Bid Form. 3. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisions attached to the proposal shall be cause for rejection of the proposal. 4. Telegraphic bid or telegraphic modification of bid will not be considered. 5. Bids received after the time fixed for receiving them will not be considered. 6. Each bid shall be delivered to the Owner's representative, Turnstone Properties on or before the day and hour set for receiving bids. 7. It is the sole responsibility of the bidder to see that his bid is received on time. 1.2 BONDS A. BONDS 1. Prior to signing the Contract, the Owner will require the selected Contractor to secure and post a Labor and Materials Payment Bond and a Performance Bond, each in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Sum, and each on forms referenced in the Project Manual. 2. All such bonds shall be issued by Surety acceptable to the Owner. Include the costs of all such bonds in the proposed Contract Sum. 1.3 PRIOR TO BID A. EXAMINATION OF DRAWINGS, PROJECT MANUAL AND SITE OF WORK 1. Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder shall carefully examine the Drawings, read the Project Manual and all other proposed Contract Documents, and visit the site of the Work. 2. Each Bidder shall fully inform himself prior to bidding as to all existing conditions and limitations under which the Work is to be performed, and he shall include in his Bid a sum to cover all costs of all items necessary to perform the Work as set forth -in the proposed Contract Documents. 3. Allowance will not be made to any Bidder because of lack of such examination or knowledge. 4. , The submission of a Bid will be construed as conclusive evidence that the Bidder has made such examination. B. INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO BIDDING 1. If any person contemplating submitting a Bid for construction of the Work is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the proposed Contract Documents, or finds discrepancies in or omissions from any part of the proposed Contract Documents, he may submit to the Architect a written request for interpretation thereof not later than 3 days before Bids are due. a. The Architect shall receive any request for interpretation not later than 3 days before bids are due. b. Interpretation or correction of proposed Contract Documents will be made only by Addendum, and will be faxed to each Bidder of record. C. The Owner will not be responsible for any other explanations or interpretations of the proposed Contract Documents. C. PRE -BID CONFERENCE 1. A pre -bid conference will be held on May 30th at 1:00 p.m. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The Agreement will include a stipulation that the Work be substantially completed in a period of 120 calendar days following receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. If completion of the project is delayed, the Owner will suffer damages difficult to ascertain at this point, but agreed by both parties to be at least $500 /calendar day. The Agreement will include a stipulation that liquidated damages will be assessed in that amount for each calendar day after the completion date that the Work is not substantially completed and a certificate of occupancy issued. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS L� Ci 5/25/07 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Section 00200 - Page 2 of 2 1.4 BIDS A. WITHDRAWAL OF BIDS �. 1. Bidder cannot withdraw his Bid for a period of 30 days after the date set for receiving thereof. 2. Each Bid shall be subject to acceptance by the Owner during this period. B. AWARD OR REJECTION OF BIDS 1. The Contract, if awarded, will be awarded to the responsible Bidder who has proposed the most responsive Contract Sum, subject to the Owner's right to reject any or all Bids and to waive informality and irregularity in the Bids and in the bidding. C. PROOF OF COMPETENCY OF BIDDER 1. Any Bidder may be required to furnish evidence satisfactory to the Owner that he and his proposed Subcontractors have sufficient experience in the types of work called for to assure completion of the Contract in a satisfactory manner. 1.5 EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT A. The form of Agreement, which the successful Bidder, as Contractor, will be required to execute, is referenced in the Project Manual. B. The Bidder to whom the Contract is awarded by the Owner shall, within 3 days after notice of award and receipt of Agreement forms from the Owner, sign and deliver to the Owner all required copies. C. At or prior to delivery of the signed Agreement, the Contractor shall deliver to the Owner the Labor and Materials Payment Bond, the Performance Bond, and the policies of insurance or insurance certificates as required by the Contract Documents. D. The Owner must approve all bonds and policies of insurance before the successful Bidder can proceed with the Work. E. Failure or refusal to furnish bonds or insurance policies or certificates in a form satisfactory to the Owner shall subject the Bidder to loss of time from the allowable construction period equal to the time of delay in furnishing the required material. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION TIME AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES A. The Agreement will include a stipulation that the Work be substantially completed in a period of 120 calendar days following receipt of Notice to Proceed. B. If completion of the project is delayed, the Owner will suffer damages difficult to ascertain at this point, but agreed by both parties to be at least $500 /calendar day. The Agreement will include a stipulation that liquidated damages will be assessed in that amount for each calendar day after the completion date that the Work is not substantially completed and a certificate of occupancy issued. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS L� Ci li 5125/07 BID FORM ' Section 00410 - Page 1 of 2 Transitional Living at Turner Street for Family Resources, Inc. 1622 Turner Street Clearwater, Florida. Approximately 4,000 square foot +/- two story structure made of cmu exterior walls, with concrete and wood floors, wood truss roof system, gypsum board partitions, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical fixtures, site grading, paving, landscaping, and utilities, all as shown on proposed Contract Documents dated 5/25/07 and the Civil Documents by Atwell -Hicks dated 419/07. The owner will demolish the existing structure. 1 I The undersigned, having become thoroughly familiar with the terms and conditions of the proposed Contract Documents and with local conditions affecting the performance and costs of the Work at the place where the Work is to be completed, and having fully inspected the site in all particulars, hereby proposes and agrees to fully perform the Work and in strict accordance with the proposed Contract Documents, including furnishing any and all labor and materials, and to do all of the work required to construct and complete said Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, for the following sum of money: Acknowledgement of Addendum # A. Base Bid: All labor, materials, services, and equipment necessary for completion of the Work shown on the Drawings and in the Project Manual dated March 5/25/07, for the sum of: Dollars ($ 2. The Bidder, if awarded a contract, hereby agrees to commence work under this contract on or before a date to be specified in a written notice to proceed from the Owner and to fully complete the project within calendar days thereafter. As part of the bid form, Bidder shall also provide a preliminary Construction Schedule which validates the Calendar days described above. 5/25/07 BID FORM ISection 00410 - Page 2 of 2 t t GYs Dated 5195107 Existing Building Demolition Site Construction Landscaping / Irrigation Concrete and Rebar Masonry Structural Steel Stairs/ Handrails Rough Carpentry Roofing Insulation Doors and Hardware Windows/ Glazing Stucco Drywall and Framing Ceramic Tile Painting Louvers/ Toilet Accessories HVAC Plumbing Electrical Miscellaneous General Conditions Subtotal Labor and Material Taxes General Liability Insurance Performance and Material Bond Subtotal Overhead and Profit TOTAL: I Signature of Bidder Company Date END OF BID FORM 1 t t t t t 1 1 1 5/25/07 CONTRACT FORMS AND ATTACHMENTS Document 00500 - Page 1 of 1 A. The following documents prepared by the American Institute of Architects shall be used for the work of this Project: AIA A101 Owner - Contractor Agreement Form, Stipulated Sum (1997). AIA A201 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction (1997). AIA G701 Change Order (1987). AIA G702 Application and Certificate for Payment (1992). AIA G703 Continuation Sheet for G702 (1992). AIA G704 Certification of Substantial Completion (1992).. AIA G706 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims (1994). AIA G706A Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens (1994). AIA G707 Consent of Surety to Final Payment (1994). AIA G709 Proposal Request (1993). AIA G710 Architect's Supplemental Instructions (1992). AIA G714 Construction Change Directive (1987). END OF CONTRACT FORMS AND ATTACHMENTS 5125107 GENERAL CONDITIONS Document 00700 - Page 1 of 1 The "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction ", AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997, forms a part of the Construction Documents. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS 1 t �7 1 r� 5/25/07 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Document 00810 - Page 1 of 4 The following supplements modify the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction ", AIA Document A201, Fifteenth Edition, 1997. Where a portion of the General Conditions is modified or deleted by these Supplementary Conditions, the unaltered portions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 - GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT Add the following Subparagraph 1.2.4 to 1.2: 1.2.4 Sections of Specification Division 1 - General Requirements, govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. ARTICLE 2 - OWNER 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER Delete Paragraph 2.2.5 and substitute the following: 2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished free of charge 10 copies of Drawings and Project Manuals. Additional sets will be furnished as an expense to the Contractor at the cost of reproduction, postage and handling. ARTICLE 3 - CONTRACTOR 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR Add the following Paragraph 3.2.4: 3.2.4 Contractor shall be responsible for ascertaining correct dimensions, and Contractor is not to ascertain dimensions simply by scaling drawings. In case of any discrepancy between Drawings and Specifications, Contractor shall consult Architect promptly for an interpretation before proceeding with the Work. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS Add the following to Paragraph 3.4.2: 3.4.2.1 Substitutions: 1. When a material, equipment or system is specified by the name of one or more manufacturers, such material, equipment, or system shall form the Basis -of- the - Design. 3.6 TAXES Delete Paragraph 3.6.1 and substitute the following: 3.6.1 Direct Purchase of Contractor Furnished Products by the Owner 1. The Owner is tax exempt and may wish to exercise its rights to purchase directly various construction materials, supplies and equipment that may be part of this contract. The Ownerwill, via its purchase orders, purchase the materials and the Contractor shall assist the Owner in the preparation of purchase orders. The Owner may direct the Contractor to prepare the purchase.order on the Owner's form and made ready for verification and execution by the Owner. The materials shall be purchased from the vendors/ suppliers originally selected by the Contractor, for the price originally negotiated by the Contractor. r 5/25107 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Document 00810 -Page 2 of 4 The Contractor will, within five (5) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed, , prepare a complete list of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of each item for the project, and the Owner will advise the Contractor within fourteen (14) calendar days which items from the list the Owner wishes to purchase directly. 2. At a time deemed acceptable to the OWNER, the Contract amount shall be reduced by the net, undiscounted amount of the purchase order, plus sales tax of six percent (6 %). Issuance of the purchase orders by the OWNER does not change any of the Contractor's responsibilities regarding material purchases, or installations, with the exception of the payments for the materials purchased. The Contractor remains responsible for coordination, correct quantities ordered, submittals, protection, storage, scheduling, shipping, security, expediting, receiving and unloading, verifying the accuracy of shipping tickets and invoices, installation, cleaning, all applicable warranties and that all materials purchased meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall certify all invoices as accurate and acceptable and forward to the OWNER the certified , invoices for payment by the OWNER. 3. In the event that materials supplies, or equipment purchased under this option, are defective or rejected for any reason whatsoever, and it becomes necessary in the option of the contractor to initiate legal action against the responsible party, the Owner agrees to assign the subordinate to the Contractor any claims the Owner has against the responsible party resulting from the purchase order to execute any legal documents necessary to accomplish the assignment, subordination or subrogation of such claim and to cooperate with the Contractor in such legal action. 4. The Contractor agrees to execute a Contractor's Direct Materials Purchase Affidavit and to submit the affidavit to the Owner along with the above described list of materials, supplies and equipment, within five (5) calendar days from the date of the Notice to Proceed. , 5. For administrative services rendered as described above, the Contractor will be paid a fee of one percent (1 %) of the purchase order amounts issued by direct purchase means. 3.7 PERMITS, FEES AND NOTICES Add the following to Paragraph 3.4.2: 3.7.1 Add the following sentence to this Subparagraph: The Contractor shall determine the amount of Building Permit Fees, Development Impact Fees, Sewer and or Water Tap Fees, and all other fees for water, sewer, and electric, including connection fees and deposits required for construction. The Contractor shall complete all required applications and obtain related permits in the Owner's behalf. The cost shall not be included in the base bid. The Owner will reimburse the Contractor for this cost with no mark -up. Subcontractor permits are to be included in base bid. ARTICLE 7 - CHANGES IN THE WORK 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES In the first sentence of Paragraph 7.3.6, delete the words "a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit' and substitute "an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with Subparagraphs 7.3.10.1 through 7.3.1 0.6. , Add the following Paragraph 7.3.10 to 7.3: 7.3.10 Such allowance for the combined overhead and profit shall be based on the following: 1 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor's own forces, 10 percent of the cost. .2 For the Contractor, for Work performed by the Contractor's Subcontractor, 5 percent of the amount due the Subcontractor. t t C 1 1 1 J 5125107 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Document 00810 - Page 3 of 4 .3 For each Subcontractor or Sub - subcontractor involved, for Work performed by that Subcontractor's or Sub - subcontractor's own forces, 10 percent of the cost. .4 For each Subcontractor, for Work performed by the Subcontractor's Sub - subcontractors, 5 percent of the amount due the Sub - subcontractor. .5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance with Subparagraph 7.3.6. .6 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied by a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and Subcontracts. Labor and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above. Where major items are Subcontracts, they shall be itemized also. In no.case will a change involving over $1,000.00 be approved without such itemization. ARTICLE 9 - PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT Add the following Subparagraph 9.3.1.3 to 9.3: 9.3.1.3 On or about the first day of each month, the Contractor shall make application for payment in the amount of 90 percent of labor and materials incorporated in the Work and materials suitably stored at the Site, less the aggregate amount of previous payments. Upon substantial completion of the entire Work, the Contractor shall make application for payment of 95 percent of the contract price. Final payment shall be due 10 days after completion of all Punch List items and acceptance by Owner. Add the following Subparagraph 9.3.1.3 to 9.3.1: 9.3.1.3 Until Substantial Completion, the Owner shall pay 90 percent of the amount due the Contractor on account of progress payments. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION Add the following to Paragraph 9.8.3: 1. If the initial inspection requested by the Contractor to establish Substantial Completion determines the Project is not substantially complete, the Contractor shall pay for additional re- inspections by the Architect, at no expense to the Owner. ARTICLE 11 - INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE Add the following Subparagraph 11.1.2.1 to 11.1.2: 11.1.2.1 General Liability: The Contractor shall procure and maintain until the work has been completed and accepted by the Owner, Commercial General Liability with combined single limits of not less than what is stated below. Such certificates must show broad form property damage coverage including, but not limited to, damage arising from collapse of structure, with any XCU exclusion removed. The Policy must include Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance and completed operations coverage. Owner must be given 30 days prior written notice of cancellation of coverage. The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits, or greater if required by law: 5125107 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Document 00810 - Page 4 of 4 1. Worker's Compensation: a) State: Statutory b) Employer's Liability: $100,000 per Accident. 2. Commercial General Liability (including Premises - Operations; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations): a) Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence. $1,000,000 Aggregate. b) Fire Damage Limit shall be not less than $500,000 on any one Fire. 3. Business Auto Liability (including owned, non -owned and hired vehicles): a) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 Each Occurrence. END OF SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Administrative, contractual, or legal remedies (24 CFR §85.36(i)(1)) Contractor shall be subject to any or all administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and any sanctions and penalties as may be appropriate under applicable law. Termination (24 CFR §85.36(1)(2)) ( This contract is subject to the termination provisions for cause and convenience contained within the general terms and conditions. Contracting with small and minority firms, women's business enterprise and labor surplus area firms (24 CFR 485.36 (e)). 5125/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 1 of 20 rCommunity Development Block Grant B- 06 -UC -12 -0005 Federal Requirements Bonding (24 CFR §85.36(h)) ' For construction or facility improvement contracts or subcontracts exceeding the simplified acquisition threshold, the awarding agency may accept the bonding policy and requirements of ' the grantee or subgrantee provided the awarding agency has made a determination that the awarding agency's interest is adequately protected. If such a determination has not been made, the minimum requirements shall be as follows: ' "bid (1) A bid guarantee from each bidder equivalent to five percent of the bid price. The guarantee" shall consist of a firm commitment such as a bid bond, certified check, or other negotiable instrument accompanying a bid as assurance that the bidder will, upon acceptance of his bid, execute such contractual documents as may be required within the time specified. (2) A performance bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A 1 "performance bond" is one executed in connection with a contract to secure fulfillment of all the contractor's obligations under such contract. (3) A payment bond on the part of the contractor for 100 percent of the contract price. A "payment bond" is one executed in connection with a contract to assure payment as required by law of all .persons supplying labor and material in the execution of the work provided for in the contract. Administrative, contractual, or legal remedies (24 CFR §85.36(i)(1)) Contractor shall be subject to any or all administrative, contractual, or legal remedies in instances where contractors violate or breach contract terms, and any sanctions and penalties as may be appropriate under applicable law. Termination (24 CFR §85.36(1)(2)) ( This contract is subject to the termination provisions for cause and convenience contained within the general terms and conditions. Contracting with small and minority firms, women's business enterprise and labor surplus area firms (24 CFR 485.36 (e)). (1) Contractor will take all necessary affirmative steps to assure that minority firms, women's business enterprises, and labor surplus area firms are used when possible. (2) Affirmative steps shall include: (i) Placing qualified small and minority businesses and women's business enterprises on solicitation lists; ' (ii) Assuring that small and minority businesses, and women's business enterprises are solicited whenever they are potential sources; (iii) Dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into smaller tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation by small and minority business, and women's business enterprises; 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 2 of 20 (iv) Establishing delivery schedules, where the requirement permits, which encourage participation by small and minority business, and women's business enterprises; , (v) Using the services and assistance of the Small Business Administration, and the Minority Business Development Agency of the Department of Commerce; and Equal Opportunity Provisions (24 CFR 485.36(1)(3)) Equal Opportunity Clause (41 CFR §60- 1.4(b)) , During the performance of this contract, the contractor agrees as follows: further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with (1) The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post in conspicuous , places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (2) The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant , (3) The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (4) The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (5) The contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (6) In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (7) The contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph (1) and the provisions of paragraphs (1) through (7) in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246.of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding I C ' 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 3 of 20 upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: Provided, however, That in the event a contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as ' a result of such direction by the administering agency the contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. Solicitation Requirement (41 CFR §60- 4.2(d)) — The following notice shall be included in and shall be a part of all solicitations for offers and bids on all Federal and federally assisted construction contracts or subcontracts in excess of $10,000 to be performed in geographic areas designated pursuant to 41 CFR §60 -4.6. ' Notice of Requirement for Affirmative Action to Ensure Equal Employment Opportunity (Executive Order 11246) 1 1. The Offeror's or Bidder's attention is called to the "Equal Opportunity Clause" and the Standard Federal Equal Employment Specifications" set forth herein. t t 2. The goals and timetables for minority and female participation, expressed in percentage terms for the Contractor's aggregate workforce in each trade on all construction work in the covered area, are as follows: Goal for Female Utilization - All Trades for the life of the project— 6.9% Goal Minority Utilization — All Trades for the life of the project —17.9% These goals are applicable to all the Contractor's construction work (whether or not it is Federal or federally assisted) performed in the covered area. If the contractor performs construction work in a geographical area located outside of the covered area, it shall apply the goals established for such geographical area where the work is actually performed. With regard to this second area, the contractor also is subject to the goals for both its federally involved and nonfederally involved construction. The Contractor's compliance with the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60 -4 shall be based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the specifications set forth in 41 CFR 60- 4.3(a), and its efforts to meet the goals. The hours of minority and female employment and training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the contract, and in each trade, and the contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the contract, the Executive Order and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60 -4. Compliance with the goals will be measured against the total work hours performed. 3. The Contractor shall provide written notification to the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs within 10 working days of award of any construction subcontract in excess of $10,000 at any tier for construction work under the contract resulting from this solicitation. The notification shall list the name, address and telephone number of the subcontractor; employer identification number of the subcontractor; estimated dollar amount of the subcontract; estimated starting and completion dates of the subcontract; and the geographical area in which the subcontract is to be performed. 4. As used in this Notice, and in the contract resulting from this solicitation, the "covered area" is 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 4 of 20 Pinellas County, Florida. Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246 and 41 CFR 460 -4.3) Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications (Executive Order 11246) 1. As used in these specifications: a. "Covered area" means the geographical area described in the solicitation from which this contract resulted; b. "Director" means Director, Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, United States Department of Labor, or any person to whom the Director delegates authority; c. "Employer identification number" means the Federal Social Security number used on the Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return, U.S. Treasury Department Form 941. d. "Minority" includes: (i) Black (all persons having origins in any of the Black African racial groups not of Hispanic origin); (ii) Hispanic (all persons of Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Central or South American or other Spanish Culture or origin, regardless of race); (iii) Asian and Pacific Islander (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, the Indian Subcontinent, or the Pacific Islands); and (iv) American Indian or Alaskan Native (all persons having origins in any of the original peoples of North America and maintaining identifiable tribal affiliations through membership and participation or community identification). 2. Whenever the Contractor, or any Subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the Notice which contains the applicable goals for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. 3. If the Contractor is participating (pursuant to 41 CFR 60 -4.5) in a Hometown Plan approved by the U.S. Department of Labor in the covered area either individually or through an association, its affirmative action obligations on all work in the Plan area (including goals and timetables) shall be in accordance with that Plan for those trades which have unions participating in the Plan. Contractors must be able to demonstrate their participation in and compliance with the provisions of any such Hometown Plan. Each Contractor or Subcontractor participating in an approved Plan is individually required to comply with its obligations under the EEO clause, and to make a good faith effort to achieve each goal under the Plan in each trade in which it has employees. The overall good faith performance by other Contractors or Subcontractors toward a goal in an approved Plan does not excuse any covered Contractor's or Subcontractor's failure to take good faith efforts to achieve the Plan goals and timetables. 4. The Contractor shall implement the specific affirmative action standards provided in paragraphs 7 a through p of these specifications. The goals set forth in the solicitation from which ' 5125/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 5 of 20 this contract resulted are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training ' of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Covered Construction contractors performing construction work in geographical areas where they do not have a Federal or federally assisted construction contract shall apply the minority and female goals established for the geographical area where the work is being performed. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs office or from Federal procurement contracting officers. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress in meeting its goals in each craft during the period specified. 5. Neither the provisions of any collective bargaining agreement, nor the failure by a union with ' whom the Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement, to refer either minorities or women shall excuse the Contractor's obligations under these specifications, Executive Order 11246, or the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto. 6. In order for the nonworking training hours of apprentices and trainees to be counted in meeting the goals, such apprentices and trainees must be employed by the Contractor during the training period, and the Contractor must have made a commitment to employ the apprentices and ' trainees at the completion of their training, subject to the availability of employment opportunities. Trainees must be trained pursuant to training programs approved by the U.S. Department of ' Labor. 7. The Contractor shall take specific affirmative actions to ensure equal employment opportunity. The evaluation of the Contractor's compliance with these specifications shall be based upon its effort to achieve maximum results from its actions. The Contractor shall document these efforts fully, and shall implement affirmative action steps at least as extensive as the following: a. Ensure and maintain a working environment free of harassment, intimidation, and coercion at all sites, and in all facilities at which the Contractor's employees are assigned to work. The Contractor, where possible, will assign two or more women to each construction project. The Contractor shall specifically ensure that all foremen, superintendents, and other on -site supervisory personnel are aware of and carry out the Contractor's obligation to maintain such a working environment, with specific attention to minority or female individuals working at such sites or in such facilities. b. Establish and maintain a current list of minority and female recruitment sources, provide written notification to minority and female recruitment sources and to community organizations when the Contractor or its unions have employment opportunities available, and maintain a record of the ' organizations' responses. c. Maintain a current file of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of each minority and female off - the - street applicant and minority or female referral from a union, a recruitment source ' or community organization and of what action was taken with respect to each such individual. If such individual was sent to the union hiring hall for referral and was not referred back to the Contractor by the union or, if referred, not employed by the Contractor, this shall be documented in the file with the reason therefor, along with whatever additional actions the Contractor may have taken. d. Provide immediate written notification to the Director when the union or unions with which the ' Contractor has a collective bargaining agreement has not referred to the Contractor a minority person or woman sent by the Contractor, or when the Contractor has other information that the union referral process has impeded the Contractor's efforts to meet its obligations. 1 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 6 of 20 e. Develop on- the -job training opportunities and /or participate in training programs for the area which expressly include minorities and women, including upgrading programs and apprenticeship and trainee programs relevant to the Contractor's employment needs, especially those programs funded or approved by the Department of Labor. The Contractor shall provide notice of these programs to the sources compiled under 7b above. f. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy by providing notice of the policy to unions and training programs and requesting their cooperation in assisting the Contractor in meeting its EEO obligations; by including it in any policy manual and collective bargaining agreement; by publicizing it in the company newspaper, annual report, etc.; by specific review of the policy with all management personnel and with all minority and female employees at least once a year; and by posting the company EEO policy on bulletin boards accessible to all employees at each location where construction work is performed. g. Review, at least annually, the company's EEO policy and affirmative action obligations under these specifications with all employees having any responsibility for hiring, assignment, layoff, termination or other employment decisions including specific review of these items with onsite supervisory personnel such as Superintendents, General Foremen, etc., prior to the initiation of construction work at any job site. A written record shall be made and maintained identifying the time and place of these meetings, persons attending, subject matter discussed, and disposition of the subject matter. h. Disseminate the Contractor's EEO policy externally by including it in any advertising in the news media, specifically including minority and female news media, and providing written notification to and discussing the Contractor's EEO policy with other Contractors and Subcontractors with whom the Contractor does or anticipates doing business. L Direct its recruitment efforts, both oral and written, to minority, female and community organizations, to schools with minority and female students and to minority and female recruitment and training organizations serving the Contractor's recruitment area and employment needs. Not later than one month prior to the date for the acceptance of applications for apprenticeship or other training by any recruitment source, the Contractor shall send written notification to organizations such as the above, describing the openings, screening procedures, and tests to be used in the selection process. j. Encourage present minority and female employees to recruit other minority persons and women and, where reasonable, provide after school, summer and vacation employment to minority and female youth both on the site and in other areas of a Contractor's work force. k. Validate all tests and other selection requirements where there is an obligation to do so under 41 CFR Part 60 -3. I. Conduct, at least annually, an inventory and evaluation at least of all minority and female personnel for promotional opportunities and encourage these employees to seek or to prepare for, through appropriate training, etc., such opportunities. m. Ensure that seniority practices, job classifications, work assignments and other personnel practices, do not have a discriminatory effect by continually monitoring all personnel and employment related activities to ensure that the EEO policy and the Contractor's obligations under these specifications are being carried out. n. Ensure that all facilities and company activities are nonsegregated except that separate or single -user toilet and necessary changing facilities shall be provided to assure privacy between the sexes. Ci ' 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 7 of 20 o. Document and maintain a record of all solicitations of offers for subcontracts from minority and female construction contractors and suppliers, including circulation of solicitations to minority and female contractor associations and other business associations. ' p. Conduct a review, at least annually, of all supervisors' adherence to and performance under ' the Contractor's EEO policies and affirmative action obligations. ' 8. Contractors are encouraged to participate in voluntary associations which assist in fulfilling one or more of their affirmative action obligations (7a through p). The efforts of a contractor association, joint contractor - union, contractor - community, or other similar group of which the contractor is a member and participant, may be asserted as fulfilling any one or more of its ' obligations under 7a through p of these Specifications provided that the contractor actively participates in the group, makes every effort to assure that the group has a positive impact on the employment of minorities and women in the industry, ensures that the concrete benefits of the program are reflected in the Contractor's minority and female workforce participation, makes a good faith effort to meet its individual goals and timetables, and can provide access to documentation which demonstrates the effectiveness of actions taken on behalf of the Contractor. The obligation to comply, however, is the Contractor's and failure of such a group to fulfill an obligation shall not be a defense for the Contractor's noncompliance. ' 9. A single goal for minorities and a separate single goal for women have been established. The Contractor, however, is required to provide equal employment opportunity and to take affirmative action for all minority groups, both male and female, and all women, both minority and non minority. Consequently, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a particular group is employed in a substantially disparate manner (for example, even though the Contractor ' has achieved its goals for women generally, the Contractor may be in violation of the Executive Order if a specific minority group of women is underutilized). 10. The Contractor shall not use the goals and timetables or affirmative action standards to discriminate against any person because of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific ' affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive ' Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60 -4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity ' to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, ' union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, 11. The Contractor shall not enter into any Subcontract with any person or firm debarred from Government contracts pursuant to Executive Order 11246. 12. The Contractor shall carry out such sanctions and penalties for violation of these specifications and of the Equal Opportunity Clause, including suspension, termination and cancellation of existing subcontracts as may be imposed or ordered pursuant to Executive Order 11246, as amended, and its implementing regulations, by the Office of Federal Contract ' Compliance Programs. Any Contractor who fails to carry out such sanctions and penalties shall be in violation of these specifications and Executive Order 11246, as amended. 13. The Contractor, in fulfilling its obligations under these specifications, shall implement specific ' affirmative action steps, at least as extensive as those standards prescribed in paragraph 7 of these specifications, so as to achieve maximum results from its efforts to ensure equal employment opportunity. If the Contractor fails to comply with the requirements of the Executive ' Order, the implementing regulations, or these specifications, the Director shall proceed in accordance with 41 CFR 60 -4.8. 14. The Contractor shall designate a responsible official to monitor all employment related activity ' to ensure that the company EEO policy is being carried out, to submit reports relating to the provisions hereof as may be required by the Government and to keep records. Records shall at least include for each employee the name, address, telephone numbers, construction trade, ' union affiliation if any, employee identification number when assigned, social security number, 5125107 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS I Document 00900 - Page 8 of 20 race, sex, status (e.g., mechanic, apprentice trainee, helper, or laborer), dates of changes in status, hours worked per week in the indicated trade, rate of pay, and locations at which the work ' was performed. Records shall be maintained in an easily understandable and retrievable form; ' however, to the degree that existing records satisfy this requirement, contractors shall not be required to maintain separate records. 15. Nothing herein provided shall be construed as a limitation upon the application of other laws which establish different standards of compliance or upon the application of requirements for the ' hiring of local or other area residents (e.g., those under the Public Works Employment Act of ' 1977 and the Community Development Block Grant Program). Federal Labor Standards Provisions (Davis -Bacon Act, Copeland Act, and Contract Work ' Hours & Safety Standards Act) The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this Contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America, and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions , are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions of such Federal assistance. Davis -Bacon Act and Copeland Act Contract provisions (29 CFR §5.5(a)) (1) Minimum wages. (i) All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except ' such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3) ), the full amount of wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is ' attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under section 1(b)(2) of the Davis -Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this section; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics shall be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination , for the classification of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in § 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein; provided, that the employer's payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each , classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classification and wage rates conformed under paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of this section) and the Davis - Bacon poster (WH -1321) shall be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at , the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. (ii)(A) Any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract shall be classified in conformance with the wage determination. HUD shall approve an additional classification IJ G 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 9 of 20 and wage rate and fringe benefits therefore only when the following criteria have been met: (1) The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and (2) The classification is utilized in the area by the construction industry; and (3) The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination. u (B) If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification ' (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits were appropriate), a report of the action taken shall be sent by the contracting officer to the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division, Employment Standards Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, Washington, D.C. 20210. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (C) in the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer shall refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30 -day period that additional time is necessary. (D) The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to subparagraphs (1)(B) or (C) of this paragraph, shall be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification. (iii) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor shall either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or shall pay ' another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof. (iv) If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of ' any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis -Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program. (2) Withholding. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor under this contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally- assisted contract subject to Davis -Bacon prevailing wage requirements, which is held by the same prime contractor, so much of the accrued payments or advances as u 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 10 of 20 may be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices, trainees, and helpers, employed by the contractor or any subcontractor the full amount of wages required by the contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice, trainee, or helper, employed or working on the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937 or under the Housing Act of 1949 in the construction or development of the project), all or part of the wages required by the contract, the (Agency) may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased. (3) Payrolls and basic records. (i) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto shall be maintained by the contractor during the course of the work and preserved for a period of three years thereafter for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or under the United States Housing Act of 1937, or under the Housing Act of 1949, in the construction or development of the project). Such records shall contain the name, address, and social security number of each such worker, his or her correct classification, hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iv) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in section 1(b)(2)(B) of the Davis -Bacon Act, the contractor shall maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs and certification of trainee programs, the registration of the apprentices and trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs. (ii)(A) The contractor shall submit weekly for each week in which any contract work is performed a copy of all payrolls to HUD or its designee if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, or owner, as the case may be, for transmission to HUD or its designee. The payrolls submitted shall set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under § 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 5. This information may be submitted in any form desired. Optional Form WH -347 is available for this purpose and may be purchased from the Superintendent of Documents (Federal Stock Number 029 -005- 00014 -1), U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of copies of payrolls by all subcontractors. (B) Each payroll submitted shall be accompanied by a "Statement of Compliance," signed by the contractor or subcontractor or his or her agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons employed under the contract and shall certify the following: (1) That the payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be maintained under § 5.5(a)(3)(i) of Regulations, 29 CFR Part 5 and that such information is correct and complete; 1 t J Ci ' 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 11 of 20 (2) That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper, apprentice, and ' trainee) employed on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in Regulations, 29 CFR Part 3; (3) That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable ' wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification of work performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract. ' (C) The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH -347 shall satisfy the requirement for submission of the ' "Statement of Compliance" required by paragraph (a)(3)(ii)(B) of this section. (D) The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under Section 1001 of Title 18 and Section 231 of Title 31 of the United States Code. (iii) The contractor or subcontractor shall make the records required under paragraph (a)(3)(i) of this section available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of the agency) or the Department of Labor, and shall permit such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, ' applicant, or owner, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. (4) Apprentices and Trainees -- , (i) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of ' Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, or if a person is employed in his or her first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice. The allowable ratio of be ' apprentices to journeymen on the job site in any craft classification shall not greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program. Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated above, shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than that in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyman's hourly rate) ' specified in the contractor's or subcontractor's registered program shall be observed. 5125/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 12 of 20 Every apprentice must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the registered program for the apprentice's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeymen hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Apprentices shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringes shall be paid in accordance with that determination. In the event the Office of Apprenticeship Training, Employer and Labor Services, or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the Office, withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (ii) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.16, trainees will not be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal certification by the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration. The ratio of trainees to journeymen on the job site shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for the trainee's level of progress, expressed as a percentage of the journeyman hourly rate specified in the applicable wage determination. Trainees shall be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the trainee program. If the trainee program does not mention fringe benefits, trainees shall be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination unless the Administrator of the Wage and Hour Division determines that there is an apprenticeship program associated with the corresponding journeyman wage rate on the wage determination which provides for less than full fringe benefits for apprentices. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate who is not registered and participating in a training plan approved by the Employment and Training Administration shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any trainee performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under the registered program shall be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed. In the event the Employment and Training Administration withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize trainees at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved. (iii) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this part shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR Part 30. (5) Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR Part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract. (6) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (10) and such other clauses as HUD or its designee may by appropriate instructions require, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5. t i ij i] t 1 ' 5/25107 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 13 of 20 ' (7) Contract termination; debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12. (8) Compliance with Davis -Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis -Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract. (9) Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR Parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives. ' (10) Certification of Eligibility. 1 (i) By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it (nor he or she) nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor's firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). (ii) No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of section 3(a) of the Davis -Bacon Act or 29 CFR 5.12(a)(1). ' (iii) The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Criminal Code, 18 U.S.C. § §1001 and 1010. DAVIS -BACON WAGE TABLE GENERAL DECISION: FL20070008 02/09/2007 FL8 Date: February 9, 2007 General Decision Number: FL20070008 02/09/2007 Superseded General Decision Number: FL20030008 State: Florida Construction Type: Building County: Pinellas County in Florida. BUILDING CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS (does not include single family homes and apartments up to and including four (4) stories) Modification Number Publication Date 0 02/09/2007 1 5/25/07 SUFL1995 -004 02/09/1995 Asbestos Remover /Abatement..... Bricklayer /Blocklayer.......... Carpenter (Including Batt Insulation & Acoustical Tile Insulation) Carpet Layer Cement Mason /Concrete Finisher Drywall Finisher Drywall Hanger Electrician Glazier HVAC Mechanic (Pipe Work Only) Ironworkers: Ornamental Reinforcing Structural (Including Metal Building Erection) Laborers: Asphalt Rakers Mason Tenders ............... Pipelayers .................. Unskilled .................. Lather ......................... Painter, Brush (Excluding Drywall Finishing) Plasterer Plumber (Excluding HVAC Work) Power equipment operators: Backhoe Dozer....................... Loader ...................... Roofer......................... Sheet metalworker (Including HVAC Duct Work). Sprinkler Fitter Tile Setter Truck Driver FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 14 of 20 Rates $ 9.14 $ 11.70 $ 10.58 $ 11.84 $ 11.12 $ 11.42 $ 11.02 $10.13 $ 10.88 $ 10.91 $ 8.61 $ 10.00 $ 9.10 $ 7.00 $ 8.35 $ 8.81 $ 6.90 $ 11.00 $ 9.47 $ 11.05 $ 10.01 $ 9.99 $ 7.50 $ 9.38 $ 9.05 $ 10.25 $ 11.00 $ 11.24 $ 7.78 Fringes .75 2.97 1.33 .41 1.82 WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft performing operation to which welding is incidental. ---------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------------------------------- Unlisted classifications needed for work not included within the scope of the classifications listed may be added after award only as provided in the labor standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)). In the listing above, the "SU" designation means that rates listed under the identifier do not reflect collectively bargained wage and fringe benefit rates. Other designations indicate unions whose rates have been determined to be prevailing. WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS 1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter? This can be: an existing published wage determination 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 15 of 20 ' • a survey underlying a wage determination • a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a position on a wage determination matter * a conformance (additional classification and rate) ruling On survey related matters, initial contact, including requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which the survey was conducted because those Regional Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon survey program. If the response from this initial contact is not satisfactory, then the process described in 2.) and 3.) should be followed. With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the formal process described here, initial contact should be with the Branch of Construction Wage Determinations. Write to: Branch of Construction Wage Determinations Wage and Hour Division U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an interested party (those affected by the action) can request review and reconsideration from the Wage and Hour Administrator (See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to: Wage and Hour Administrator U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 The request should be accompanied by a full statement of the interested party's position and by any information (wage payment data, project description, area practice material, etc.) that the requestor considers relevant to the issue. 3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage Appeals Board). Write to: Administrative Review Board U.S. Department of Labor 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20210 ' 4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board are final. ---------------------------------------------------------------- Contract Work Hours & Safety Standards Act (29 CFR §5.5(b)) As used in this paragraph, the terms laborers and mechanics include watchmen and guards. (1) Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives 'a compensation at rate not less than one and one -half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek. 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 16 of 20 (2) Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchmen and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(1) of this section. (3) Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages. HUD or its designee shall upon its own action or upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor withhold or cause to be withheld, from any moneys payable on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor under any such contract or any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other Federally- assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, which is held by the same prime contractor, such sums as may be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in the clause set forth in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. (4) Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor shall insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in paragraph (b)(1) through (4) of this section and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor shall be responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section. Health and safety standards in building trades and construction industry (40 USC 43704) Contractor agrees that no contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to health or safety, as established under construction safety and health standards the Secretary of Labor prescribes by regulation based on proceedings pursuant to section 553 of title 5, provided that the proceedings include a hearing similar in nature to that authorized by section 553. Contractor further agrees that this provision will be in any subcontracts let by the Contractor. "Section 3 Clause" (24 CFR 4135.38) A. The work to be performed under this contract is subject to the requirements of section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968, as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701 u (section 3). The purpose of section 3 is to ensure that employment and other economic opportunities generated by HUD assistance or HUD- assisted projects covered by section 3, shall, to the greatest extent feasible, be directed to low- and very low- income persons, particularly persons who are recipients of HUD assistance for housing. B. The parties to this contract agree to comply with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR part 135, which implement section 3. As evidenced by their execution of this contract, the parties to this contract certify that they are under no contractual or other impediment that would prevent them from complying with the part 135 regulations. C. The contractor agrees to send to each labor organization or representative of workers with which the contractor has a collective bargaining agreement or other understanding, if any, a 1 C L t ' 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 17 of 20 notice advising the labor organization or workers' representative of the contractor's commitments ' under this section 3 clause, and will post copies of the notice in conspicuous places at the work site where both employees and applicants for training and employment positions can see the notice. The notice shall describe the section 3 preference, shall set forth minimum number and ' job titles subject to hire, availability of apprenticeship and training positions, the qualifications for each; and the name and location of the person(s) taking applications for each of the positions; and the anticipated date the work shall begin. ' D. The contractor agrees to include this section 3 clause in every subcontract subject to compliance with regulations in 24 CFR part 135, and agrees to take appropriate action, as provided in an applicable provision of the subcontract or in this section 3 clause, upon a finding that the subcontractor is in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135. The contractor will not subcontract with any subcontractor where the contractor has notice or knowledge that the subcontractor has been found in violation of the regulations in 24 CFR part 135. E. The contractor will certify that any vacant employment positions, including training positions, that are filled (1) after the contractor is selected but before the contract is executed, and (2) with persons other than those to whom the. regulations of 24 CFR part 135 require employment opportunities to be directed, were not filled to circumvent the contractor's obligations under 24 CFR part 135. F. Noncompliance with HUD's regulations in 24 CFR part 135 may result in sanctions, termination of this contract for default, and debarment or suspension from future HUD assisted contracts. G. With respect to work performed in connection with section 3 covered Indian housing assistance, section 7(b) of the Indian Self- Determination and Education Assistance Act (25 U.S.C. 450e) also applies to the work to be performed under this contract. Section 7(b) requires that to the greatest extent feasible (i) preference and opportunities for training and employment shall be given to Indians, and (ii) preference in the award of contracts and subcontracts shall be given to Indian organizations and Indian -owned Economic Enterprises. Parties to this contract that are subject to the provisions of section 3 and section 7(b) agree to comply with section 3 to the maximum extent feasible, but not in derogation of compliance with section 7(b). ' Other Federal Requirements Contractor agrees and shall comply in all respects with all applicable standards, orders or ' regulations issued pursuant to the following laws and requirements, and further agrees that each of these provisions shall be included in any subcontracts so that such provisions will be binding on all subcontractors: ' 1) The Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended (33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq.), and Executive Order 11738. Any violations shall be ' reported to County, HUD, and the Regional Office of the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). 2) Byrd Anti- Lobbying Amendment (31 U.S.C. § 1352) -- Contractors who apply or bid for an award of $100,000 or more shall file the required certification. Each tier certifies to the tier above that it will not and has not used Federal appropriated funds to pay any person or organization for ' influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a member of Congress, officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a member of Congress in connection with obtaining any Federal contract, grant or any other award covered by 31 U.S.C. § 1352. Each tier shall also disclose any lobbying with non - Federal funds that takes place in connection with obtaining any Federal award. Such disclosures are forwarded from tier to tier up to the recipient. 1 5125/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 18 of 20 3) Debarment and Suspension (E.O.'s 12549 and 12689) - -No contract or subcontract shall be made to parties listed on the General Services Administration's List of Parties Excluded from Federal Procurement or Nonprocurement Programs in accordance with E.O.'s 12549 and 12689, "Debarment and Suspension." This list contains the names of parties debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded by agencies, and contractors declared ineligible under statutory or regulatory authority other than E.O. 12549. Contractors with awards that exceed the small purchase threshold shall provide the required certification regarding its exclusion status and that of its principal employees. Reports, Information, Record Retention, and Audits (24 CFR §§85.36(i)(10) & (11)). Contractor shall, and shall require by contract each of its subcontractors to, furnish to County, at such times and in such forms as the County may require, any statements, records, reports, data, or information pertaining to matters covered by this Contract. All records pertaining to this Contract, including but not limited to financial, statistical, property and programmatic records, shall be retained for four (4) years from the ending date of the County's fiscal year (October 1 through September 30) in which this Contract is paid in full, expired or terminated. All records, however, that are subject to audit findings shall be retained for four (4) years in the manner prescribed above or until such audit findings have been resolved, whichever is later. Nothing herein shall be construed to allow destruction of records that may be required to be retained longer by Florida law. This paragraph shall survive the expiration or termination of the Contract to the extent necessary to enforce its terms. The Contractor shall, at any time during normal business hours and as often as the County and/or Comptroller General of the United States and /or the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and /or any of their duly authorized representatives may deem necessary, make available for examination all of Contractor's records, books, documents, papers, data, and records with respect to all matters which are directly pertinent to this Contract for the purpose of making audit, examination, excerpts, and transcriptions. Intellectual and Intangible Property Statements (24 CFR § §85.36(8) &(9)) Unless HUD regulations or the terms and condition of the award provide otherwise, Contractor shall have no obligation to the Federal Government with respect to program income earned from license fees and royalties for copyrighted material, patents, patent applications, trademarks, and inventions produced under an award. However, Patent and Trademark Amendments (35 U.S.C. 18) apply to inventions made under an experimental, developmental, or research award. 24 CFR §84.36 Intangible property. (a) The recipient may copyright any work that is subject to copyright and was developed, or for which ownership was purchased, under an award. HUD reserves a royalty -free, nonexclusive and irrevocable right to reproduce, publish, or otherwise use the work for Federal purposes, and to authorize others to do so. (b) Recipients are subject to applicable regulations governing patents and inventions, including government -wide regulations issued by the Department of Commerce at 37 CFR part 401, "Rights to Inventions Made by Nonprofit Organizations and Small Business Firms Under Government Grants, Contracts and Cooperative Agreements." (c) HUD has the right to: 1 1 1 1 1 1 7 i 1 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS Document 00900 - Page 19 of 20 (1) Obtain, reproduce, publish or otherwise use the data first produced under an award; and (2) Authorize others to receive, reproduce, publish, or otherwise use such data for HUD purposes. (d)(1) In addition, in response to a Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request for research data relating to published research findings produced under an award that were used by HUD in developing an agency action that has the force and effect of law, HUD shall request, and the recipient shall provide, within a reasonable time, the research data so that they can be made available to the public through the procedures established under the FOIA. If HUD obtains the research data solely in response to a FOIA request, HUD may charge the requester a reasonable fee equaling the full incremental cost of obtaining the research data. This fee should reflect costs incurred by HUD, the recipient, and applicable subrecipients. This fee is in addition to any fees HUD may assess under the FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552(a)(4)(A)). (2) The following definitions apply for purposes of this paragraph (d): (i) Research data is defined as the recorded factual material commonly accepted in the scientific community as necessary to validate research findings, but not any of the following: preliminary analyses, drafts of scientific papers, plans for future research, peer reviews, or communications with colleagues. This "recorded" material excludes physical objects (e.g., laboratory samples). Research data also do not include: (A) Trade secrets, commercial information, materials necessary to be held confidential by a researcher until they are published, or similar information which is protected under law; and (B) Personnel and medical information and similar information the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy, such as information that could be used to identify a particular person in a research study. (ii) Published is defined as either when: (A) Research findings are published in a peer- reviewed scientific or technical journal; or (B) HUD publicly and officially cites the research findings in support of an agency action that has the force and effect of law. (iii) Used by HUD in developing an agency action that has the force and effect of law is defined as when HUD publicly and officially cites the research findings in support of an agency action that has the force and effect of law. (e) Title to intangible property and debt instruments acquired under an award or subaward vests upon acquisition in the recipient. The recipient shall use that property for the originally- authorized purpose, and the recipient shall not encumber the property without approval of HUD. When no longer needed for the originally authorized purpose, disposition of the intangible property shall occur in accordance with the provisions of § 84.34(g). Energy Efficiency Requirements (24 CFR 485.36(13)) Contractor agrees to and shall comply with any and all applicable mandatory standards and policies relating to energy efficiency which are contained in the state energy conservation plan 5/25/07 FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS ' Document 00900 - Page 20 of 20 issued in compliance with the Energy Policy and Conservation Act (Pub. L. 94 -163, 89 Stat. 871). ' Interests of Public Officials A) No Member of Congress, or resident commissioner, shall be admitted to any share or ' part of any contract executed pursuant to this Contract, or to any benefit that may arise from such contract. This paragraph may not be construed to apply to any contract with a third party entered into under this Contract if such contract is made with a corporation for the general benefit of the ' corporation. B) No member, officer or employee of the County, or its designees or agents, no member of the governing body of the locality in which the project is located, and no other public official of ' such locality or localities who exercises any functions or responsibilities in connection with the Project during his tenure or for one year thereafter, shall have any interest, direct or indirect, in any Contract or Subcontract or the proceeds thereof, for work to be performed under this ' Contract. Contractor will include the provisions of paragraphs A) and B) in every Subcontract so that such provisions will be binding upon each Subcontractor. H: \USERS\ATYKB41 \WPDOCS \Public Works \Contracts \Comm Dev Grant Regs \Community Development Block Grant Fed reqs 031006 revised 2.doc 1 I u 5125/07 SUMMARY Section 01100 - Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Transitional Living at Turner Street. 1. Project Location: 1622 Turner Street, Clearwater, Florida. 2. Owner: Family Resources, Inc. B. Architect Identification: The Contract Documents, dated 5/25/07, were prepared for Project by ARC3 Architecture, Inc. C. Project Coordinator: Nina Bandoni of Turnstone Properties has been appointed by Owner to serve as Project Coordinator. D. The Work consists of: 1. Approximately 4,000 square foot +/- two story structure made of cmu exterior walls, with concrete and wood floors, wood truss roof system, gypsum board partitions, air conditioning, plumbing, electrical fixtures, site grading, paving, landscaping, and utilities, all as shown on proposed Contract Documents dated 5/25/07 and the Civil Documents by Atwell -Hicks dated 4/9/07. The owner will demolish the existing structure. 1.3 CONTRACT A. Project will be constructed under a general construction contract. 1.4 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have full use of premises for construction operations, including use of Project site, during construction period. Contractor's use of premises is limited only by Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of Project. 1.5 OWNER- FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner will furnish residential appliances, as well as several other miscellaneous equipment items, as specified in the Construction Documents. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Owner's equipment and plumbing, mechanical, and electrical connections. 1. If Owner - furnished items are damaged, defective, or missing, Owner will arrange for replacement. 2. Owner will furnish Contractor the earliest possible delivery date for Owner - furnished products. Using Owner - furnished earliest possible delivery dates, Contractor shall designate delivery dates of Owner - furnished items in Contractor's Construction Schedule. 3. Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Owner - furnished items at Project site. 4. Contractor is responsible for protecting Owner - furnished items from damage during storage and handling, including damage from exposure to the elements. 5. If Owner - furnished items are damaged as a result of Contractor's operations, Contractor shall repair or replace them. 5/25/07 SUMMARY Section 01100 - Page 2 of 2 1.6 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16- division format and CSI /CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) END OF SECTION 01100 5125107 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. 1.2 A. 1.3 Section 01290 - Page 1 of 3 Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. SUMMARY This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. DEFINITIONS A. Schedule of Values: A statement furnished by Contractor allocating portions of the Contract Sum to various portions of the Work and used as the basis for reviewing Contractor's Applications for Payment. 1.4 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative forms and schedules, including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with Continuation Sheets. b. Submittals Schedule. 2. Submit the Schedule of Values to Architect at earliest possible date but no later than 7 days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the Schedule of Values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. C. Architect's project number. d. Contractor's name and address. e. Date of submittal. 2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the following for each item listed: a. Change Orders (numbers) that affect value. b. Dollar value. 1) Percentage of the Contract Sum to nearest one - hundredth percent, adjusted to total 100 percent. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. Coordinate with the Project Manual table of contents. Provide several line items for principal subcontract amounts, where appropriate. 4. Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; total shall equal the Contract Sum. 5. Each item in the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item. 6. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. n 5125107 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01290 - Page 2 of 3 ' 1.5 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Architect and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment, Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is the 15th day of each month. The period covered by each Application for Payment starts on the day following the , end of the preceding period and ends 15 days before the date for each progress payment. C. Payment Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 Continuation , Sheets as form for Applications for Payment. D. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Notarize and execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Architect will return incomplete ' applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and Contractor's Construction Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. ' 2. Include amounts of Change Orders issued before last day of construction period covered by application. E. Transmittal: Submit 3 signed and notarized original copies of each Application for Payment to Architect by a method ensuring receipt within 24 hours. One copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. , F. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from every entity who is lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of ' the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, before deduction for retainage, on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. G. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of Values. 3. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final). 4. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 5. Copies of building permits. 6. Initial progress report. 7. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. H. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: After issuing the Certificate of Substantial ' Completion, submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. 5/25/07 PAYMENT PROCEDURES Section 01290 - Page 3 of 3 I. Final Payment Application: Submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted, including, but not limited, to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. ' 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement, accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. Final meter readings for utilities, and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used) 1 PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used) 17, C L END OF SECTION 01290 5/25/07 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01330 - Page 1 of 4 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for submitting Applications for Payment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. General: Electronic copies of base plans of the Contract Drawings for Contractor's use in preparing submittals will not be provided B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of " construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. 1. Initial Review: Allow 10 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. 2. Direct Transmittal to Consultant: Where -the Contract Documents indicate that submittals may be transmitted directly to Architect's consultants, provide duplicate copy of transmittal to Architect. Submittal will be returned to Architect before being returned to Contractor. 3. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing. D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. Project name. b. Date. C. Name and address of Contractor. d. Name and address of subcontractor. E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. 5/25/07 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01330 - Page 2 of 4 , F. Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, initial submittal may serve as final submittal. 1. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect. G. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect r in connection with construction. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable: a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Wiring diagrams showing factory- installed wiring. f. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. 4. Number of Copies: Submit three copies. Contractor will make copies of returned submittal as needed for distribution, including Owner copy. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project- specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable: a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. C. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing -in and setting diagrams. 2. Number of Copies: Submit three blue- or black -line prints of each submittal, unless prints are required for operation and maintenance manuals. Number of Copies: Submit copies of each submittal, as follows: D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 2. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality - control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. E. Application for Payment: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." F. Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." I t t 5125107 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01330 - Page 3 of 4 G. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying ' products. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit four copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. B. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1 ' Section "Closeout Procedures." C. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, ' performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers. ' D. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW ' A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field - dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect]. B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. ' 3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. 1. Review of submittals by Architect is only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 2. Review of submittals by Architect is not for purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities, or substantiating installation instructions. ' B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: I 1. Approved: Where submittal is marked "Approved ", the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with the Contract Documents. t 5/25/07 Cs] SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Section 01330 - Page 4 of 4 2. Approved as Noted: Where submittal is marked "Approved As Noted ", the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with both Architect's notations and corrections on the submittal and the Contract Documents. 3. Revise and Resubmit: Where the submittal is marked "Revise and Resubmit', do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity for the product submitted. Revise or prepare a new submittal according to Architect's notations and corrections. 4. Rejected: Where the submittal is marked "Rejected ", do not proceed with the Work covered by the submittal. Prepare a new submittal for a product that complies with the Contract Documents. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 01330 5/25/07 STRUCTURAL TESTING/ INSPECTION AGENCY SERVICES 1 Section 01410 - Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section summarizes the responsibility of the Contractor and the Structural Testing/ Inspection Agency in the performance of the testing/ inspection specified in the Contract Documents. PART 3 - EXECUTION B. Neither the observation of the Architect/ Structural Engineer in the administration of the contract, nor tests / inspections by the testing/ inspection agency, nor approvals by persons other than the Architect/ Structural Engineer shall relieve the Contractor from his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 REFERENCES D. Perform tests / inspections as outlined in the Contract Documents, the applicable codes, and A. ASTM D3740 Practice for Evaluation Agencies Engaged in Testing and / or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. Contractor and Structural Engineer. B. American Council of Independent Laboratories- Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratories Qualifications. 1.3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT ' A. Owner will employ and pay for the structural testing/ inspection services that are required by the Contract Documents. B. Contractor shall pay for any additional structural testing / inspection required for work or materials not complying with the Contract Documents due to negligence or nonconformance. ' PART 2- PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STRUCTURAL TESTING/ INSPECTION AGENCY'S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with the Contractor and provide timely service. B. Upon arriving at the construction site, sign in and notify the Contractor of presence. C. Select the representative samples that are to be tested / inspected. D. Perform tests / inspections as outlined in the Contract Documents, the applicable codes, and as directed by the Structural Engineer. E. Report work and materials not complying with the Contract Documents immediately to the Contractor and Structural Engineer. F. Leave copies of field notes with the Contractor prior to leaving the construction site. Field notes shall include the message given to the Contractor, data, time of message, name of Contractor's representative informed, type and location of work or materials tested / inspected, 5/25/07 G. H. 3.2 A. B. C. STRUCTURAL TESTING/ INSPECTION AGENCY SERVICES Section 01410 - Page 2 of 2 whether the work or materials complies with the Contract Documents and name of the Structural Testing / Inspection Agency's representative. Report and distribute results of tests / inspections promptly in the form of written reports as directed by the Structural Engineer. Structural Testing / Inspection Agency shall not alter the requirements of the Contract Documents, approve or reject any portion of the work, or perform duties of the Contractor. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES Provide copy of Contract Documents to the Structural Testing / Inspection Agency. Notify the Structural Testing / Inspection Agency sufficiently in advance of operations to allow assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. Cooperate with Structural Testing / Inspection Agency and provide access to work. END OF SECTION 01410 5125107 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities. B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Sewers and drainage. 2. Water service and distribution. 3. Sanitary facilities, including toilets. 4. Electric power service. 5. Lighting. 6. Telephone service. C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Project identification and temporary signs. 2. Waste disposal facilities. 3. Field offices. 4. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities. D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Stormwater control. 2. Tree and plant protection. 3. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 4. Temporary enclosures. 5. Fire protection. E. Related Sections include the following: 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to Owner or Architect and shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Architect. 3. Personnel of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sewer Service: Pay sewer service use charges for sewer usage, by all parties engaged in construction, at Project site. C. Electric Power Service: Pay electric power service use charges, whether metered or otherwise, for electricity used by all entities engaged in construction activities at Project site. 1., 5125/07 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 - Page 2 of 4 ' 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to Owner, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. ' 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work. PART2- PRODUCTS r 2.1 EQUIPMENT A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended. B. Field Offices: Prefabricated with lockable entrances, operable windows, and serviceable , finishes; heated and air conditioned; on foundations adequate for normal loading. C. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA- recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size required by location and class of fire exposure. D. Self- Contained Toilet Units: Single- occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass - fiber- reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material. , PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL , A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required. 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION A. General: Engage appropriate local utility company to install temporary service or connect to existing service. Where utility company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company recommendations. 1. Arrange with utility company, Owner, and existing users for time when service can be interrupted, if necessary, to make connections for temporary services. 2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Before temporary utility is available, provide portable generators. B. Water Service: Install water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. C. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 5/25/07 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS ' Section 01500 - Page 3 of 4 1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material. ' D. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include meters, transformers, overload - protected disconnecting means, automatic ground -fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. 1. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to damage. E. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length - voltage ratio. F. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. a. Provide guard cages or tempered glass enclosures to protect lamps exposed to breakage from construction operations. 2. Install exterior -yard site lighting that will provide adequate illumination for construction operations when the Work is being performed. 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction and support facilities for easy access. 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner. 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Stormwater Control: Provide earthen embankments and similar barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction, sufficient to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from heavy rains. B. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from construction damage. Protect tree root systems from damage, flooding, and erosion. C. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install portable chain -link enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering site except by ' entrance gates. 1. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and other construction operations. D. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1 I\ 5125/07 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Section 01500 - Page 4 of 4 , E. Temporary Fire Protection: Until fire- protection needs are supplied by permanent facilities, install and maintain temporary fire - protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible from space being served, with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored - pressure water -type extinguishers. 2. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire - protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking ' in hazardous fire- exposure areas. 3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. C. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may , have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 01500 1 1 t 5125107 IPART 1 - GENERAL CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01770 - Page 1 of 3 ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Operation and maintenance manuals. 4. Warranties. 5. Instruction of Owner's personnel. 6. Final cleaning. ' B. See Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures" for requirements for Applications for Payment for Substantial and Final Completion. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for. determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 6. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 7. Complete startup testing of systems. 8. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 9. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 10. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 11. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 12. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. . 13. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled ' requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion. 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION 5/25/07 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Section 01770 - Page 2 of 3 A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 1 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest - control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty, 3 -ring, vinyl- covered, loose -leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- 1/2- by -11- inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic- covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste - removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 5125107 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES ' Section 01770 - Page 3 of 3 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification ' of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. ' b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even - textured surface. ' d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. ' e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. g. Sweep concrete floors broom -clean in unoccupied spaces. h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision- obscuring materials. ' Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. j. Remove labels that are not permanent. ' k. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration. 1) Do not paint over "UL" and similar labels, including mechanical and ' electrical nameplates. I. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions. M. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. o. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned -out bulbs; and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully. END OF SECTION 01770 ' 5/25/07 TERMITE CONTROL Section 02361 - Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes soil treatment for termite control. 1.2 SUBMITTALS ' A. Product Data: For each product indicated, including EPA - Registered Label. B. Product certificates. ' C. Soil Treatment Application Report: After application of termiticide is completed, submit report for Owner's record information, including the following as applicable: 1. Date and time of application. 2. Moisture content of soil before application. ' 3. Brand name and manufacturer of termiticide. 4. Quantity of undiluted termiticide used. ' 5. Dilutions, methods, volumes, and rates of application used. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: A pest control operator who is licensed according to regulations of ' authorities having jurisdiction to apply termite control treatment in jurisdiction where Project is located. B. Regulatory Requirements: Formulate and apply termiticides, and label with a Federal registration number, to comply with EPA regulations and authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Soil Termiticide Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by applicator and Contractor, certifying that applied soil termiticide treatment will prevent infestation of subterranean termites. If subterranean termite activity or damage is discovered within three years from date of Substantial Completion, re -treat soil and repair or replace damage caused by termite infestation. i PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 TERMITE CONTROL A. Soil Treatment: EPA - registered termiticide complying with requirements of authorities having ' jurisdiction, in a soluble or emulsible, concentrated formulation that dilutes with water or foaming agent. Use only soil treatment solutions that are not harmful to plants. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AgrEvo Environmental Health, Inc.; a company of Hoechst and Schering, Berlin. b. American Cyanamid Co.; Agricultural Products Group; Specialty Products Department. C. Bayer Corp.; Garden & Professional Care. d. DowElanco. e. FMC Corp.; Pest Control Specialties. 5/25/07 TERMITE CONTROL ' Section 02361 - Page 2 of 2 f. Zeneca Professional Products. , PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.1 PREPARATION A. Remove all extraneous sources of wood cellulose and other edible materials such as wood , debris, tree stumps and roots, stakes, formwork, and construction waste wood from soil and around foundations. , 3.2 SOIL TREATMENT APPLICATION ' A. Apply soil treatment at the label volume and rate for the maximum termiticide concentration allowed for each specific use, according to the product's EPA - Registered Label. ' 1. Mix termiticide solution to a uniform consistency. 2. Apply to produce a continuous horizontal and vertical termiticidal barrier or treated zone around and under building construction. Distribute the treatment evenly. 3. Slabs -on -Grade and Basement Slabs: Under ground- supported slab construction, , including footings, building slabs, and attached slabs as an overall treatment. Treat soil materials before concrete footings and slabs are placed. 4. Foundations: Adjacent soil including soil along entire inside perimeter of foundation ' walls, along both sides of interior partition walls, around plumbing pipes and electric conduit penetrating slab, and around interior column footers, piers, and chimney bases; and along entire outside perimeter, from grade to bottom of footing. Avoid soil washout around footings. 5. Masonry: Treat voids. 6. Penetrations: At expansion joints, control joints, and areas where slabs will be penetrated. ' B. Avoid disturbance of treated soil after application. Keep off treated areas until completely dry. C. Protect termiticide solution, dispersed in heated soils and fills, from being diluted until ground- ' supported slabs are installed. Use waterproof barrier according to EPA - Registered Label instructions. D. Post warning signs in areas of application. E. Reapply soil treatment solution to areas disturbed by subsequent excavation, grading, landscaping, or other construction activities following application. END OF SECTION 02361 ' 1 it t 5/25/07 ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary . Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Framing with dimension lumber. 2. Wood blocking and nailers. 3. Wood furring. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Rough Carpentry: Carpentry work not specified in other Sections and not exposed, unless otherwise indicated. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels; place spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Prefabricated Wood I- Joists: a. Boise Cascade Corporation. b. Georgia- Pacific Corporation. C. Louisiana - Pacific Corporation. d. Pacific Woodtech Corp. e. Poutrelles International Inc. f. Standard Structures Inc. g. Stark Truss Company, Inc. h. Superior Wood Systems, Inc. i. Trus Joist MacMillan. j. Union Camp Corp.; Building Products Division. k. Willamette Industries, Inc. 2.2 WOOD- PRESERVATIVE - TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA C2 (lumber). 1. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and one of the following: a. Chromated copper arsenate (CCA). b. Ammoniacal copper zinc arsenate (ACZA). C. Ammoniacal, or amine, copper quat (ACQ). d. Copper bis (dimethyldithiocarbamate) (CDDC). e. Ammoniacal copper citrate (CC). 5/25/07 ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 2 of 4 f. Copper azole, Type A (CBA -A). g. Oxine copper (copper -8- quinolinolate) in a light petroleum solvent. B. Mark each treated item with the treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the American Lumber Standards Committee Board of Review. C. Application: Treat all rough carpentry, unless otherwise indicated, and the following: 1. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members in connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches above grade. 4. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth. 2.3 2.4 DIMENSION LUMBER A. General: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the American Lumber Standards Committee National Grading Rule provisions of the grading agency indicated. 2.5 B. Non- Load - Bearing Interior Partitions: Standard, Stud, or No. 3 grade and the following species: 1. Spruce - pine -fir. C. Joists, Rafters, and Other Framing Not Listed Above: Construction, Stud, or No. 2 grade and the following species: 1. Southern pine; SPIB. MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Cants. 3. Nailers. 4. Furring. 5. Grounds. FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this Article for material and manufacture. 1. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot -dip zinc coating complying with ASTM A 153/A 153M. B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667. C. Power - Driven Fasteners: CABO NER -272. D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1. E. Screws for Fastening to Cold- Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954, except with wafer heads and reamer wings, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. F. Lag Bolts: ASME 818.2.1. t 1 t 5/25/07 ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 3 of 4 G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers. 2.6 METAL FRAMING ANCHORS A. General: Provide framing anchors made from metal indicated, of structural capacity, type, and size indicated, and as follows: 1. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empirical data or by rational engineering analysis and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by a qualified independent testing agency. B. Galvanized. Steel Sheet: Hot -dip, zinc - coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653/ coating designation. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Sill - Sealer Gaskets: Closed -cell neoprene foam, 1/4 inch thick, selected from manufacturer's standard widths to suit width of sill members indicated. B. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with ASTM D 3498 that is approved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of rough carpentry or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. C. Apply field treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber and plywood. D. Use common wire nails, unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood; predrill as required. E. Use finishing nails for exposed work, unless otherwise indicated. Countersink nail heads and fill holes with wood filler. 3.2 WOOD BLOCKING AND NAILER INSTALLATION A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved. 5/25/07 3.3 ROUGH CARPENTRY Section 06100 - Page 4 of 4 B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces,. unless otherwise indicated. Build anchor bolts into masonry during installation of masonry work. Where possible, secure anchor bolts to formwork before concrete placement. WOOD FURRING INSTALLATION A. Install level and plumb with closure strips at edges and openings. Shim with wood as required for tolerance of finish work. B. Furring to Receive Gypsum Board: Install 1 -by -2 -inch nominal size furring vertically at 16 inches o.c. 3.4 WOOD FRAMING INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated. B. Framing subcontractor shall be responsible for squareness, plumb, and level of header and sill for all openings. 3.5 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING INSTALLATION A. General: Arrange studs so wide face of stud is perpendicular to direction of wall or partition and narrow face is parallel. Provide single bottom plate and double top plates using members of 2 -inch nominal thickness whose widths equal that of studs, except single top plate may be used for non -load- bearing partitions. Anchor plates to supporting construction, unless otherwise indicated. 1. For interior partitions and walls, provide 2 -by-4 -inch nominal size wood studs spaced 16 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide studs in continuous lengths. Splices within length of stud are not permitted. 3. Overlap double top plates a minimum of 6 inches at corner and at intersections. B. Construct corners and intersections with three or more studs. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, fixtures, specialty items, and trim. 1. Stagger blocking as required to end nail. Do not toe nail. C. Frame openings with multiple studs and headers. Provide nailed header members of thickness equal to width of studs. Set headers on edge and support on jamb studs. 1. For non -load- bearing partitions, provide double jamb studs with headers not less than 4 -inch nominal depth for openings 48 inches and less in width. 3.6 SPECIAL FRAMING INSTALLATION A. Provide special framing as indicated for eaves, overhangs, dormers, and similar conditions, if any. 1-1 P, END OF SECTION 06100 1 t 5/25/07 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. . This Section includes the following: 1. Exterior standing and running trim. 2. Exterior siding. 3. Exterior plywood hardboard soffits. 4. Shelving. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory- fabricated product. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, textures, and colors. 1. Include data for wood - preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Indicate type of preservative used, net amount of preservative retained, and chemical treatment manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, installing, and finishing treated material. B. Samples for Verification: 1. For each species and cut of lumber and panel products with nonfactory- applied finish, with 1/2 of exposed surface finished, 50 sq. in. for lumber and 8 by 10 inches for panels. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A` Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect materials against weather and contact with damp or wet surfaces. Stack lumber, plywood, and other panels. Provide for air circulation within and around stacks and under temporary coverings. B. Deliver interior finish carpentry only when environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. If finish carpentry must be stored in other than installation areas, store only where environmental conditions meet requirements specified for installation areas. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install interior finish carpentry until building is enclosed and weatherproof, wet work in space is completed and nominally dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. B. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit work to be performed according to manufacturer's written instructions and 5/25/07 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 2 of 4 warranty requirements and at least one coat of specified finish to be applied without exposure to rain, snow, or dampness. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Siding: Manufacturer's standard form, signed by manufacturer, Installer, and Contractor, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace siding that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, deformation or deterioration beyond normal weathering. 1. Warranty Period for Siding (Excluding Finish): 25 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: The Basis of Design was the following: 1. Standing and Running Trim: a. James Hardie Siding Products- Hardietrim XLD@ Trim Smooth Planks or equivalent. 2. Siding: a. James Hardie Siding Products- Hardieplank- Lap Siding- Smooth or equivalent. 3. Hardboard Paneling: a. Georgia - Pacific Corp- Plytanium Ply -Bead@ wall panels or equivalent. 2.2 EXTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. Trim for Painted Applications: %" Hardietrim with (smooth) surfaced face. 2.3 SIDING A. Siding: Hardieplank- Lap Sidirlg. 1. Type: 5/16 -inch- thick -by -7 1/4 -inch smooth wide lap siding. 2.4 EXTERIOR SOFFITS A. Plywood Soffits: Georgia- Pacific Corp- Plytanium Ply -Bead@ 4'x8' wall panels. 2.5 SHELVING A. Shelving: 3/4 -inch plywood. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Exterior Finish Carpentry: Provide nails or screws of the following materials, in sufficient length to penetrate minimum of 1 -1/2 inches into substrate, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer: 1. Hot -dip galvanized steel. B. Fasteners for Interior Finish Carpentry: Nails, screws, and other anchoring devices of type, size, material, and finish required for application indicated to provide secure attachment, concealed where possible. 5/25107 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 3 of 4 C. Flashing: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for flashing materials installed in finish carpentry. ' D. Sealants: Comply with requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials required for sealing siding work. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of projections and substances detrimental to application. B. Prime lumber for exterior applications to be painted, including both faces, edges and ends. Cut to required lengths and prime ends. Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting." 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Do not use materials that are unsound, warped, improperly treated or finished, inadequately seasoned, or too small to fabricate with proper jointing arrangements. 1. Do not use manufactured units with defective surfaces, sizes, or patterns. 3.4 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM INSTALLATION A. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full - length pieces from maximum lengths of lumber available. Do not use pieces less than 24 inches long, except where necessary. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim. 1. Drill pilot holes in hardwood before fastening to prevent splitting. Fasten to prevent movement or warping. 3.5 SIDING INSTALLATION ' A. Siding: Install siding complying with manufacturer's instructions. Install panels with edges over framing or blocking. Leave 3/16 -inch gap at perimeter and openings, unless otherwise recommended by panel manufacturer. 1. Seal butt joints at inside and outside corners and at trim locations. - 2. Install continuous metal flashing at horizontal panel joints with 3/16 inch expansion gap. 3. Apply battens and corner trim as indicated. 4. Conceal fasteners to greatest practical extent by countersinking and filling, by placing in ' grooves of siding pattern, or by concealing with applied trim or battens as detailed. B. Flashing: Install metal flashing as indicated on Drawings and as recommended by siding manufacturer. C. Finish: Apply final finish over properly prepared, primed and caulked work within two weeks of installation. D. Install siding to comply with manufacturer's warranty requirements. 5/25/07 FINISH CARPENTRY Section 06200 - Page 4 of 4 3.6 PANELING INSTALLATION A. Board Paneling: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Arrange in pattern suggested by manufacturer. 1. Fasten paneling by face nailing, setting nails, and filling over nail heads. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. Replace finish carpentry that is damaged or does not comply with requirements. Finish carpentry may be repaired or refinished if work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean finish carpentry on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up factory- applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06200 5/25/07 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06402 - Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic - laminate cabinets. 2. Plastic - laminate countertops. 3. Interior frames and jambs. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips for installing woodwork items, unless concealed within other construction before woodwork installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large -scale details, attachment devices, and other components. 1. Show details at sufficient scale to communicate understanding of design intent and required method of construction. 2. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, and hanging strips, including concealed blocking and reinforcement specified in other Sections. 3. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures and other items installed in architectural woodwork. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available for each type of material indicated. 1. Shop - applied opaque finishes. 2. Plastic laminates. 3. Solid- surfacing materials. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed architectural woodwork similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in- service performance. B. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. 5125/07 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06402 - Page 2 of 5 , 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at, or near occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. ' B. Field Measurements: Where woodwork is indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction ' progress to avoid delaying the Work. 1. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support woodwork by field measurements before being enclosed and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. ' 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. ' PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. , B. Wood Products: Comply with the following: 1. Medium- Density Fiberboard. 2. Particleboard. ' C. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard. 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high - pressure ' decorative laminates by one of the following, or as designated on finish schedule contained in the drawings: a. Formica Corporation. ' b. International Paper; Decorative Products Div. (Nevamar) C. Laminart. d. Pioneer Plastics Corp. (Pionite) e. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. ' D. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: contact cement. ' 2.2 CABINET HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide cabinet hardware and accessory materials associated with architectural cabinets. ' 5/25/07 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK ' Section 06402 - Page 3 of 5 B. Butt Hinges: 2 -3/4 -inch, 5- knuckle steel hinges made from 0.095 -inch thick metal, and as ' follows: 1. Semiconcealed Hinges for Flush Doors: BHMA A156.9, B01361. ' C. Wire Pulls: Back mounted, 5 inches long, 2 -1/2 inches deep, and 5/16 inches in diameter. D. Adjustable Shelf Standards and Supports: BHMA A156.9, 804071; with shelf rests, 804081. ' E. Drawer Slides: Side - mounted, full - extension, zinc - plated steel drawer slides with steel ball bearings, BHMA A156.9, 805091, and rated for the following loads: 1. Box Drawer Slides: 75 Ibf. F. Exposed Hardware Finishes: For exposed hardware, provide finish that complies with BHMA A156.18 for BHMA finish number indicated. 1. Satin Chromium Plated: BHMA 652 for steel base. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS C. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of ' cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 2.5 PLASTIC - LAMINATE CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate cabinets. B. Grade: Custom. C. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: As indicated. A. Furring, Blocking, Shims, and Hanging Strips: Softwood or hardwood lumber, kiln -dried to ' less than 15 percent moisture content. B. Anchors: Select material, type, size, and finish required for each substrate for secure ' anchorage. Provide nonferrous -metal or hot -dip galvanized anchors and inserts on . inside face of exterior walls and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. Provide toothed - steel or lead expansion sleeves for drilled -in -place anchors. 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide Custom grade interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard. B. Complete fabrication, including assembly, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Architect seven days in advance of the dates and times woodwork fabrication will ' be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements indicated on Shop Drawings before disassembling for shipment. C. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of ' cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. 2.5 PLASTIC - LAMINATE CABINETS A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for laminate cabinets. B. Grade: Custom. C. AWI Type of Cabinet Construction: As indicated. 5125107 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06402 - Page 4 of 5 D. Laminate Cladding for Exposed Surfaces: High- pressure decorative laminate complying with the following requirements: 1. Horizontal Surfaces Other Than Tops: HGS. 2. Vertical Surfaces: HGS. 3. Edges: HGS, 0.018 -inch minimum thickness, matching laminate in color, pattern, and finish]. E. Materials for Semiexposed Surfaces: Provide surface materials indicated below: 1. Surfaces Other Than Drawer Bodies: Thermoset decorative overlay. 2. Drawer Sides and Backs: Thermoset decorative overlay. 3. Drawer Bottoms: Thermoset decorative overlay. F. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Match color, pattern, and finish as indicated by laminate manufacturer's designations for these characteristics. 2. Provide Architect's selections from laminate manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors. b. Patterns. G. Provide dust panels of 1/4 -inch plywood or tempered hardboard above compartments and drawers, unless located directly under tops. 2.6 PLASTIC- LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 400 requirements for high - pressure decorative laminate countertops. B. Grade: Custom. C. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. Match color, pattern, and finish as indicated by manufacturer's designations for these characteristics. 2. Provide Architect's selections from manufacturer's full range of colors and finishes in the following categories: a. Solid colors. b. Patterns. D. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. E. Core Material: Particleboard or medium - density fiberboard. F. Core Material at Sinks: Marine grade plywood. 2.7 INTERIOR FRAMES AND JAMBS FOR OPAQUE FINISH A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 900. B. Grade: Economy. C. Wood Species: Any closed -grain hardwood. 5/25/07 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK Section 06402 - Page 5 of 5 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas before installation. B. Before installing architectural woodwork, examine shop- fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing and backpriming. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified in Part 2 of this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. 1. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. E. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Align adjacent solid- surfacing - material countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 2. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 3. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive. 4. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective woodwork, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects; where not possible to repair, replace woodwork. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean, lubricate, and adjust hardware. C. Clean woodwork on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. Touch up shop - applied finishes to restore damaged or soiled areas. END OF SECTION 06402 5/25/07 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Cavity wall insulation. 2. Concealed building insulation. 3. Vapor retarders. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE BUILDING INSULATION Section 07210 - Page 1 of 2 A. Fire - Test - Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire -test- response characteristics indicated, as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface - burning characteristics and by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. A. General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards and, for preformed units, in sizes to fit applications indicated, selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. ' B. Extruded - Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, Type VI, 1.80 lb/cu. ft., VII, 2.20 lb/cu. ft. with maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 75 and 450, respectively. See drawings for thicknesses and R- Values. ' C. Mineral -fiber blanket insulation consisting of fibers manufactured from glass: 1. Unfaced Mineral -Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame- spread and smoke - developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. 2. See drawings for thicknesses and R- Values. 2.2 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 8 mils thick, with maximum permeance rating of 0.13 perm. B. Vapor- Retarder Tape: Pressure - sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor- retarder manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder. 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. 5/25/07 BUILDING INSULATION Section 07210 - Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install insulation to comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions ' applicable to products and application indicated. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. B. Installation of Vapor Retarders: Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. , 1. Seal overlapping joints in vapor retarders with adhesives or vapor- retarder tape according to vapor- retarder manufacturer's instructions. Seal butt joints and fastener penetrations with vapor- retarder tape. 2. Seal joints caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar items penetrating ' vapor retarders with vapor- retarder tape to create an airtight seal between penetrating objects and vapor retarder. 3. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarders immediately before concealment by other work. Cover with vapor- retarder tape or another layer of vapor retarder. END OF SECTION 07210 1 5/25/07 SHEET METAL ROOF 1 Section 07610 - Page 1 of 2 B. Manufacturer's Product Data: Clearly describing the quality of panels and components including type, quality and performance of coating finish. ' C. Submit manufacturer's current Product Approval Notice indicating product's acceptance for use in accordance with FBC. Notice of Approval shall indicate as a minimum, product control number, expiration date of approval and the specific conditions governing the approval. 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to job -site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Protect products against damage by construction traffic. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES ' A.. Prefinished standing seam steel roof panels complete with related flashing, accessory components and prefinished "brakemetal" work required to complete the metal roof work. B. All sealant work required to waterproof the metal roof system is the work of this section. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A792 - Specification for Steel Sheet, 55 Percent Aluminum -Zinc Alloy- Coated by the ' Hot -Dip Process B. ASTM A924 - Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic- Coated by the Hot -Dip Process. C. ASTM D226 - Specification for Asphalt-Satu rated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing D. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials E. ASTM E1592 - Test Method for Structural Performance of Sheet Metal Roof and Siding Systems by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference F. UL580 - Standards for Tests for Wind -Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer shall be approved in writing by roofing materials manufacturer and able to demonstrate 3 years successful experience in this type roofing system. 1.04 PERFORMANCE/TESTING A. Windload Requirements: Meet the design positive and negative windload pressures. See drawings for windload requirements. B. Impact Resistance Requirements: Meet impact tests as outlined in the Florida Building Code • 2004. 1. Large missile impact test (up to and including 30 feet in height). 1.05 SUBMITTALS ' A. Shop Drawings: Clearly indicate: 1. Material descriptions. ' 2. Methods of attachment. 3. All other pertinent details required for secure and complete installation of roof panels. 4. Type and color of sealant. B. Manufacturer's Product Data: Clearly describing the quality of panels and components including type, quality and performance of coating finish. ' C. Submit manufacturer's current Product Approval Notice indicating product's acceptance for use in accordance with FBC. Notice of Approval shall indicate as a minimum, product control number, expiration date of approval and the specific conditions governing the approval. 1.06 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Products shall be delivered to job -site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. B. Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Protect products against damage by construction traffic. 5/25/07 SHEET METAL ROOF Section 07610 - Page 2 of 2 , 2. Store panels in dry place to avoid condensation and avoid contact with materials which ' may cause staining, such as lime, cement, fresh concrete and chemicals. 1.07 WARRANTY A. Finish Warranty: Furnish manufacturers written warranty covering failure of the factory applied ' finish for 20 years after the date of substantial completion. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL ROOF PANELS ' A. Panel Type: Star Building Systems "StarShield Standing Seam Roof System" complete with extruded vinyl weather seal as integral part of snap -on seam. 1. Panel Gage and Width: 24 gage, 24 inch wide. 2. Color: TBD. B. Accessory Components: 1. Provide all miscellaneous flashing components required to make the metal roof panels watertight. Finish to match panels. 2. Anchors and Fasteners: Non - corrosive; concealed type, with washers as required, spaced to meet uplift loads. , 3. Felts: Asphalt- saturated organic felts conforming to ASTM D226, Type 11 (No. 30). C. Sealant: Exterior quality of type specified in Section 07920. Sealant exposed to view shall be a color which matches the color of panels. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION L, A. Install metal panels in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's ' published recommendations. B. Set metal panels true to line, without warp or rack. C. Completed installation shall be free of rattles, noise due to thermal movement, and wind whistles. , D. Install gaskets, joint fillers and sealants where indicated and required for weatherproof performance. E. Install water protection underlayment over roof sheathing in valleys and penetrations through roof according to manufacturers recommendations. 3.02 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of the metal roof work, remove strippable plastic film from all prefinished metal in ' accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Replace panels and components that are damaged beyond repair by finish touch -up. , C. Touch up mars, scratches and cut edges exposed to view with type of touch -up coating recommended by manufacturer to match finish. END OF SECTION 1�11 n r� 'J Ll 5125107 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Section 07620 - Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following sheet metal flashing and trim: 1. Manufactured reglets. 2. Formed steep -slope roof flashing and trim. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, and fastener disengagement. B. Fabricate and install roof edge flashing capable of resisting the following forces: 1. See structural drawings.. C. Thermal Movements: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of sheet metal and trim thermal movements. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. D. Water Infiltration: Provide sheet metal flashing and trim that do not allow water infiltration to building interior. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Show layouts of sheet metal flashing and trim, including plans and elevations. Distinguish between shop- and field - assembled work. Include the following: 1. Identify material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 2. Details for forming sheet metal flashing and trim, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 3. Details for fastening, joining, supporting, and anchoring sheet metal flashing and trim, including fasteners, clips, cleats, and attachments to adjoining work. 4. Details of expansion joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal flashing and trim indicated with factory- applied color finishes. 1. Include similar Samples of trim and accessories involving color selection. 5125107 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Section 07620 - Page 2 of 6 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications undamaged. Protect sheet. metal flashing and trim materials and fabrications during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and install sheet metal flashing materials and fabrications in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate installation of sheet metal flashing and trim with interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET METALS A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, Alloy 3003, 3004, 3105, or 5005, Temper suitable for forming and structural performance required, but not less than H14, finished as follows: 1. Mill Finish: One -side bright. 2. High - Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. a. Fluoropolymer 2 -Coat System: Manufacturer's standard 2 -coat, thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat. 2.2 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felts: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt- saturated organic felt, nonperforated. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self- tapping screws, self - locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. 1. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self - drilling screws, gasketed, with hex washer head. 2. Blind Fasteners: High- strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. 3. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. C. Elastomeric Sealant: Reference Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" for selection of type, grade, class, and use classification of material required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. 1 5/25/07 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1 Section 07620 - Page 3 of 6 ' D. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two -part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam - cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. ' 2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" that apply to design, dimensions, metal, and other characteristics of item indicated. Shop fabricate items where practicable. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. B. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 1 C. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks and true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 1. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints for additional strength. D. Sealed Joints: Form nonexpansion but movable joints in metal to accommodate elastomeric sealant to comply with SMACNA recommendations. 1 E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible on exposed -to -view sheet metal flashing and trim, unless otherwise indicated. u I F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. 1. Thickness: As recommended by SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for application but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 2.5 ROOF DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Hanging Gutters: Fabricate to cross section indicated, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96 -inch long sections. Furnish flat - stock gutter spacers and gutter brackets fabricated from same metal as gutters, of size recommended by SMACNA but not less than twice the gutter thickness. Fabricate expansion joints, expansion joint covers and gutter accessories from same metal as gutters. 1. Expansion Joints: Lap type. 2. Gutters with Girth up to 15 Inches: Fabricate from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.0320 inch thick. b. Color: White. B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Fabricate downspouts from the following material: a. Aluminum: 0.024 inch thick. b. Color: White. 2.6 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. 5/25/07 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Section 07620 - Page 4 of 6 C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one -half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions and other conditions affecting performance of work. 1. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, welding rods, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by fabricator or manufacturers of dissimilar metals. 1. Coat side of uncoated aluminum sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim will contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing metal flashing directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. C. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks. D. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line and levels indicated. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and elastomeric sealant. E. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 1. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Anchor each cleat with two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. F. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently watertight, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. G. Fasteners: Use fasteners of sizes that will penetrate substrate not less than 1 -1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws. 1. Aluminum: Use aluminum or stainless -steel fasteners. 1 ' A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. ' B. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof - penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A.. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall ' flashing with installation of wall- opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Through -Wall Flashing: Installation of formed through -wall flashing is specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies." ' 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. 1 5/25/07 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Section 07620 - Page 5 of 6 H. Seal joints with elastomeric sealant as required for watertight construction. ' 1. Where sealant - filled joints are used, embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is moderate, between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement either way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant -type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. ' 3.3 ROOF DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof drainage items to produce complete roof drainage system according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof drainage system. B. Hanging Gutters: Join sections with riveted and soldered joints or with lapped joints sealed with elastomeric sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchored gutter brackets spaced not more than 36 inches apart. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Slope to downspouts. 1. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 2. Loosely lock straps to front gutter bead and anchor to roof deck. 3. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat. 4. Anchor gutter with spikes and ferrules spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 5. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet ' apart. Install expansion joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1 -1/2 -inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to ' hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION ' A. General: Install sheet metal roof flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, set units true to line, and level as indicated. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight. ' B. Roof - Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof - penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Install flashing as follows: 1. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes penetrating roof except for lead flashing on vent piping. 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A.. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to SMACNA recommendations and as indicated. Coordinate installation of wall ' flashing with installation of wall- opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Through -Wall Flashing: Installation of formed through -wall flashing is specified in Division 4 Section "Unit Masonry Assemblies." ' 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. 1 5/25107 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Section 07620 - Page 6 of 6 B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07620 1 5/25/07 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07920 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 GENERAL - 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes sealants for the following applications: ' 1. Exterior joints in the following vertical surfaces and nontraffic horizontal surfaces: a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Joints between different materials. ' C. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated. 2. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: a. Perimeter joints of exterior openings where indicated. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, and elevator entrances. ' C. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. d. Other joints as indicated. ' 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide elastomeric joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. B. Provide joint sealants for interior applications that establish and maintain airtight and water- resistant continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint- sealant product indicated. ' B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has specialized in installing joint sealants similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in joint - sealant installations with a record of successful in- service performance. rB. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of joint sealant through one source from a single manufacturer. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Project site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration date, pot life, curing ' time, and mixing instructions for multi- component materials. 1 F� 5125107 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07920 - Page 2 of 4 t B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's written instructions to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant manufacturer. 2. When joint substrates are wet. B. Joint -Width Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Joint - Substrate Conditions: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants until ' contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion are removed from joint substrates. 1.8 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in I addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ' 2.1 PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products indicated for each type in the sealant schedules at the end of Part 3. 2.2 MATERIALS, GENERAL , A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range for this characteristic. 2.3 ELASTOMERIC JOINT SEALANTS ' A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid - applied chemically curing sealant in the Elastomeric Joint - Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses. 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Sealant Standard: Comply with ASTM C 834 for each product of this description indicated in the Latex Joint - Sealant Schedule at the end of Part 3. 'J t 1 5/25/07 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07920 - Page 3 of 4 2.5 JOINT - SEALANT BACKING A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants with joint substrates. B. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint - sealant performance. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining from above cleaning operations by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil - free compressed air. Porous joint surfaces include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. 3. Remove laitance and form - release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. 5/25/07 JOINT SEALANTS Section 07920 - Page 4 of 4 B. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealants from surfaces adjacent to joint. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint configuration per Figure 5A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 3.4 CLEANING A. Clean off excess sealants or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from the original work. 3.6 ELASTOMERIC JOINT - SEALANT SCHEDULE 1. Products: Provide one of the following]: a. 790; Dow Corning. b. UltraPruf SCS2300; GE Silicones. C. 890; Pecora Corporation. d. Omniseal; Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex Inc. 2. Type and Grade: S (single component) and NS (nonsag). 3. Class: 25. 4. Additional Movement Capability: 50 - 100 percent movement in extension and 50 percent movement in compression for a total of 100 - 150 percent movement. 5. Use Related to Exposure: NT (nontraffic). 6. Applications: General exterior building joints; expansion/ control joints, precast concrete, masonry, perimeter sealing of doors and windows 3.7 LATEX JOINT - SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Latex Sealant: Where joint sealants of this type are indicated, provide products complying with the following: 1. Products: Provide one of the following: a. AC -20; Pecora Corporation. b. Sonolac; Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. C. Tremflex 834; Tremco. 2. Applications: General interior use, walls ceilings, floors, door and window frame perimeters. END OF SECTION 07920 t 1 f! 1 1 5/25107 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS Section 08212 - Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes interior stile and rail wood doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; fire ratings; construction details for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); mortises, holes, and cutouts; and other pertinent data. C. Samples: For each face material and finish. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NWWDA Quality Standard: NWWDA I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Stile and Rail Doors." B. AWI Quality Standard: AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. C. WIC Quality Standard: WIC's "Manual of Millwork" for grade of door, core, construction, finish, and other requirements. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF STOCK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Eggers Industries; Architectural Door Division. 2. Jeld -Wen, Inc. 3. Louisiana Pacific Corp. 4. Maywood, Inc. 5. Morgan Manufacturing. 6. Nicolai Door; a Morgan Products Ltd. Company. 7. Schumacher, F.E. Co., Inc. 8. Semling -Menke Co., Inc. 9. Simpson Door Company. B. Interior Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Design and Construction: 1. Transparent Finish Doors: a. NWWDA Grade: Premium or Select. b. Wood Species and Cut: Idaho white, lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine, plain sawed /sliced. 2. Panel Configuration: Raised. 3. Design and Layout: a. NWWDA Design Group: 1 -3/8 Interior Panel Doors. 1) Panel Design: As indicated. 5/25/07 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS Section 08212 - Page 2 of 2 2.2 FABRICATION A. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors for site fitting. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 2.3 SHOP PRIMING A. Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edges of doors with stain (if required), other required pretreatments, and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood doors to comply with referenced quality standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Field Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels indicated; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire -rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: a. At Heads, Jambs and Between Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch. b. Bottom of Door to Top of Floor Finish or Covering: 1/8 inch. C. Bottom of Door to Top of Threshold: 1/4 inch. 2. Bevel: a. Non - Fire -Rated Doors: 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. END OF SECTION 08212 5/25/07 ' PART 1 - GENERAL t 1 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes aluminum -clad wood - framed windows. WOOD WINDOWS Section 08520 - Page 1 of 5 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide wood windows capable of complying with performance requirements indicated, based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified, and that are of test size required by AAMA/WDMA 101 /I.S.2 /NAFS. B. Structural Performance: Provide wood windows capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads based on testing units representative of those indicated for Project that pass AAMA/WDMA 101 /I.S.2 /NAFS, Uniform Load Structural Test: 1. Design Wind Loads: Determine design wind loads applicable to Project from basic wind speed indicated in miles per hour at 33 feet above grade, according to ASCE 7, Section 6.5, "Method 2- Analytical Procedure," based on mean roof heights above grade indicated on Drawings. a. Basic Wind Speed: Basic Wind Speed: 123 mph. b. Importance Factor: 1.0. C. Exposure Category: B. C. Wind borne-Debris Resistance: Provide glazed windows capable of resisting impact from windborne debris, based on the pass /fail criteria as determined from testing glazed windows identical to those specified, according to ASTM E 1886 and testing information in ASTM E 1996 and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of wood window indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, hardware, attachments to other work, operational clearances, and installation details. C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Product test reports. F. Maintenance data. 5/25/07 WOOD WINDOWS Section 08520 - Page 2 of 5 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: A qualified installer, approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. B. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and with GANA's "Glazing Manual" unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or .replace wood windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection, water leakage, air infiltration, or condensation. C. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. d. Deterioration of wood, metals, vinyl, other materials, and finishes beyond normal weathering. e. Failure of insulating glass. 2. Warranty Period: a. Window: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis -of- Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Weather Shield "LifeGuard IG" or a comparable product by one of the following: 1. Aluminum -Clad Wood Windows: a. BiltBest Windows and Patio Doors. b. Crestline; a brand of Peachtree Companies, Inc. (The); TPC Acquisition, Inc. C. EAGLE Window & Door, Inc.; an American Architectural Products Corporation Company. d. Hurd Millwork Company. e. Kolbe & Kolbe Millwork Co., Inc. f. Marvin Windows and Doors. g. Norco Premium Collection; JELD -WEN, Inc. h. Peachtree Doors and Windows; TPC Acquisition, Inc. i. Pella Corporation. j. Pozzi Custom Collection; JELD -WEN, Inc. k. Sierra Pacific Windows. I. Vetter; TPC Acquisition, Inc. M. Weather Shield Mfg., Inc. 5125/07 WOOD WINDOWS ISection 08520 - Page 3 of 5 f] t t 2.2 MATERIALS A. Wood: Clear ponderosa pine or another suitable fine- grained lumber; kiln dried to a moisture content of 6 to 12 percent at time of fabrication; free of visible finger joints, blue stain, knots, pitch pockets, and surface checks larger than 1/32 inch deep by 2 inches wide; water - repellent preservative treated. B. Aluminum Extrusions and Rolled Aluminum for Cladding, Baked - Enamel Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked enamel complying with AAMA 2603 or AAMA 620. 1. Color: White. 2.3 WINDOW A. Window Type: Fixed. B. Condensation - Resistance Factor (CRF): Provide wood windows tested for thermal performance according to AAMA 1503, showing a CRF of 45. C. Thermal Transmittance: Provide wood windows with a whole - window, U- factor maximum indicated at 15 -mph exterior wind velocity and winter condition temperatures when tested according to NFRC 100. 1. U- Factor: 0.36 Btu /sq. ft. x h x deg F or less. D. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient (SHGC): Provide wood windows with a whole- window SHGC maximum of 0.40, determined according to NFRC 200 procedures. 2.4 GLAZING A. Glass Clear, insulating -glass units, with low -E coating pyrolytic on second surface or sputtered on second or third surface. B. Glazing System: Manufacturer's standard factory- glazing system that produces weathertight seal and complies with requirements for windborne- debris resistance. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Dividers (False Muntins): Provide dividers in designs indicated for each sash lite, one per sash, removable from the exposed surface of interior lite of the sash. 1. Material: Extruded, rigid PVC. 2. Design: Rectangular. 3. Color: White. E��n3;���LiP►1 A. Fabricate wood windows that are reglazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. r 5125107 WOOD WINDOWS Section 08520 - Page 4 of 5 r B. Weather Stripping: Provide full - perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash and r ventilator. C. Factory machine windows for openings and for hardware that is not surface applied. D. Mullions: Provide mullions and cover plates as shown, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections, as indicated. Provide mullions and cover plates capable of withstanding design loads of window units. E. Glazing Stops: Provide nailed or snap -on glazing stops coordinated with Division 08 Section "Glazing" and glazing system indicated. Provide glazing stops to match sash and ventilator frames. 2.7 - WOOD FINISHES A. Factory- Finished Windows: Provide manufacturer's standard factory finish. Apply finish to exposed exterior and interior wood surfaces. . 1. Color: White. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings, and manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components. B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural Support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant or with gaskets, as indicated, for weathertight construction D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. E. Adjust operating sashes and ventilators, screens, hardware, and accessories for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. Lubricate hardware and moving parts. F. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective ' coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. G. Clean factory- glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. 1 11 Ste_": Y i iv Y 'r S _ 1 5125/07 WOO WI I w ; D' NDOWS. Section 08520 - Page 5,of'5 A} H. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged ' during construction period. END OF SECTION 085200 i C' 1 i 1 C 1 5/25/07 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08710 - Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Hardware for interior and exterior doors specified in other sections. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the purpose of designating the minimum aesthetic, functional and quality standards for the work of this section, proprietary products are specified. B. Material shall be furnished by a firm regularly engaged in supplying finish hardware for commercial, industrial and institutional construction. C. Provide hardware in compliance with ADA (American with Disabilities Act) and Florida Accessibility Code requirements. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: Complete materials list of all items proposed to be furnished and delivered under this Section. 1. Identify each item by manufacturer, catalogue number and location in the work, using door designation shown on drawings. 2. Make schedule in vertical format to facilitate checking by Architect. 3. Architect's approval of Hardware Schedule shall not relieve Contractor of the responsibility to furnish all necessary hardware. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Packing and Marking: Individually package each unit of finish hardware, complete with proper fastenings and appurtenances, clearly marked on the outside to indicate the contents and specific locations in the work. B. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.05 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Tools for Maintenance: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance and removal and replacement of builders hardware. 1.06 KEYING A. General: Supplier will meet with Owner to finalize keying requirements and obtain final instructions in writing. B. Provide locks with 6 pin tumbler cylinders, keyed, keyed alike, masterkeyed and grandmasterkeyed as directed by Architect, including the following: 1. 2 change keys for each cylinder. 2. 2 master keys for each key group. C. Deliver all permanent keys and master keys, to the General Contractor's Project Manager, with carbon copy of the transmittal to the Owner and Architect. The General Contractor shall deliver keys to the Owner. 5125107 DOOR HARDWARE Section 08710 - Page 2 of 3 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 HARDWARE A. FINISH: Provide brushed aluminum finish for hardware. B. Keys: Provide keys of nickel silver only. 1. Stamp key bows "Do Not Duplicate ". C. HINGES: Butt hinges listed below are by Hager Hinge Company. Acceptable substitutes are: The Stanley Works and McKinney Manufacturing Company. Provide three 4 -1/2 inch by 4 -1/2 inch hinges for each door up to 7 feet high. All doors are 1 -3/4 inch thick. 1. Interior Doors: a) No. 1279 for doors under 42 inches wide. D. DOOR STOPS: Acceptable Manufacturers are: H.S. Ives Co.; Baldwin Mfg. Co.; Quality Hardware Co. and Trimco. 1. Furnish door stops for all door leaves. E. THRESHOLDS, WEATHERSTRIPPING, LIGHT SEALS, DOOR SWEEPS: Acceptable manufacturers are: National Guard Products; Pemko Mfg. Co.; Reese Weatherstripping Co.; and Zero Weatherstripping Co. 1. Thresholds: Except as otherwise indicated, provide a standard metal threshold unit as specified at each door in following categories: a) Exterior Hinged /Pivoted Doors: National Guard No. 513. b) For in- swinging doors provide units with interlocking lip and interior drain channel; include hook on bottom edge of door and drain pan. c) For out - swinging doors provide rabbeted type units with replaceable weatherstrip insert in stop. 2. Weatherstripping: Except as otherwise indicated, provide weatherstripping at each edge of every exterior door leaf; National Guard No. 160 at jambs and head of doors unless otherwise specified. 3. Door Sweep: National Guard No. 101AV. F. MISCELLANEOUS HARDWARE: Items of hardware such as flush bolts, automatic flush bolts, roller latches, etc. are identified in the various hardware sets on Hardware Schedule. G. FASTENINGS: Provide hardware fastenings required to install hardware items, including wood and machine screws, and through bolts. Furnish fastenings having a finish which matches their product. H. ASTRAGALS: Provide full height steel astragals on all pairs of exterior doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install each hardware item in compliance with the manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Coordinate removal, storage and reinstallation or application of surface protection with finishing work specified in the Division 9 sections. Do not install surface- mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. B. Set units level, plumb and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce the attachment substrate as necessary for proper installation and operation. 1 �u C C L' 1 i ' 5/25/07 DO OR HARDWARE ' Section 08710 - Page 3 of 3 C. Drill and countersink units which are not factory- prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors in accordance with industry standards. D. Screw thresholds to substrate with No. 10 or larger screws, of the proper type for permanent anchorage and of bronze or stainless steel which will not corrode in contact with the threshold metal. E. At exterior doors, and elsewhere as indicated, set thresholds in a bed of either butyl rubber sealant or polyisobutylene mastic sealant to completely fill concealed voids and exclude moisture from every source. Do not plug drainage holes or block weeps. Remove excess sealant. 3.02 ADJUST AND CLEAN A. Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each door, to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly as ' intended for the application made. B. Instruct Owner's Personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes during the final adjustment of hardware. 3.03 HARDWARE SETS ' A. Refer to the Door Schedule for reference to the hardware set required for each door. The full intent of this specification shall apply. END OF SECTION 1 n I I 1 1 n 5/25/07 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220 - Page 1 of 5 A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Metal lath and accessories. 2. Stucco finishes. 1.3 Provide Portland cement plaster assemblies capable of meeting the deflection limits for maximum heights of partitions without failing. Evidence of failure includes deflections exceeding limits indicated, bending stresses causing studs to distort and plaster to crack. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver cementitious materials to Project site in original packages, containers, or bundles, labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name, and lot number. B. Store materials inside, under cover, and dry, protected from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, aging, corrosion, and damage from construction traffic and other causes. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Warm - Weather Requirements: Protect plaster against uneven and excessive evaporation and from strong flows of dry air, both natural and artificial. Apply and cure plaster as required by climatic and job conditions to prevent dry out during cure period. Provide suitable coverings, moist curing, barriers to deflect sunlight and wind, or combinations of these, as required. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Metal Accessories: a. Fry Reglet Corporation. b. Gordon, Inc. C. MM Systems Corp. ,d. National Gypsum Co. e. Unimast, Inc. f. United States Gypsum Co. 2. Stucco: a. California Stucco Products Corp. b. Florida Stucco Corp. C. Highland Stucco. d. IPA Systems, Inc. e. United States Gypsum Co. 5/25/07 2.2 ACCESSORIES PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220 - Page.2 of 5 1 A. General: Comply with material provisions of ASTM C 1063 and the requirements indicated below; coordinate depth of accessories with thicknesses and number of plaster coats required. 1. Galvanized Steel Components: Fabricated from zinc - coated (galvanized) steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G40 minimum coating designation. B. Corner Beads: Small nose corner beads fabricated from the following metal, with expanded flanges of large -mesh diamond -metal lath allowing full plaster encasement. 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick. C. Casing Beads: Square -edged style, with expanded flanges of the following material: 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick. D. Control Joints: Prefabricated, of material and type indicated below: 1. Galvanized Steel: Minimum 0.0172 inch thick. ' 2. One -Piece Type: Folded pair of nonperforated screeds in M- shaped configuration, with expanded or perforated flanges. E. Foundation Sill (Weep) Screed: Manufacturer's standard profile designed for use at sill plate line to form plaster stop and prevent plaster from contacting damp earth, fabricated from zinc - coated (galvanized) steel sheet. 2.3 PLASTER MATERIALS A. Base -Coat Cements: Type as indicated below: 1. Portland cement, ASTM C 150, Type I. B. Stucco Finish Coat: Manufacturer's standard factory- packaged stucco, including Portland cement, aggregate, coloring agent, and other proprietary ingredients. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fiber for Base Coat: Alkaline- resistant glass or polypropylene fibers, 1/2 inch long, free of contaminates, manufactured for use in Portland cement plaster. 1. Required for exterior applications. B. Water for Mixing and Finishing Plaster: Potable. C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 932, type especially formulated for bonding plaster to concrete and concrete masonry surfaces. D. Acid - Etching Solution: Muriatic acid (10 percent solution of commercial hydrochloric acid) mixed 1 part to not less than 6 nor more than 10 parts water. 2.5 PLASTER MIXES AND COMPOSITIONS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 926 for base- and finish -coat mixes as applicable to plaster bases, materials, and other requirements indicated. B. Base -Coat Mixes and Compositions: Proportion materials for respective base coats in parts by volume per sum of cementitious materials for aggregates to comply with the following requirements for each method of application and plaster base indicated. Adjust mix proportions below within limits specified to attain workability. 7 L J C 11 r r 0 5/25/07 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220 - Page 3 of 5 C. Fiber Content: Add fiber to following mixes after ingredients have mixed at least 2 minutes. Comply with fiber manufacturer's written instructions but do not exceed 1 lb /cu. ft. of cementitious materials. Reduce aggregate quantities accordingly to maintain workability. D. Two -Coat Work over Concrete Unit Masonry: Base -coat proportions as indicated below: 1. Base Coat: 1 part Portland cement, 3/4 to 1 -1/2 parts lime, 3 to 4 parts aggregate. E. Stucco Finish Coat: Add water only; comply with stucco manufacturer's written instructions. PZ. -] K4 NN e7 A. Mechanically mix cementitious and aggregate materials for plasters to comply with applicable referenced application standard and with recommendations of plaster manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATIONS FOR PLASTERING A. Clean plaster bases and substrates for direct application of plaster, removing loose material and substances that may impair the Work. B. Etch concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application. Scrub with acid - etching solution on previously wetted surface and rinse thoroughly with clean water. Repeat application, if necessary, to obtain adequate suction and mechanical bond of plaster (where dash coat, bonding agent, or additive is not used). C. Apply bonding agent on concrete and concrete unit masonry surfaces indicated for direct plaster application; comply with manufacturer's written instructions for application. D. Install temporary grounds and screeds to ensure accurate rodding of plaster to true surfaces; coordinate with scratch -coat work. E. Surface Conditioning: Immediately before plastering, dampen concrete and - concrete unit masonry surfaces that are indicated for direct plaster application, except where a bonding agent has been applied. Determine and apply amount of moisture and degree of saturation that will result in optimum suction for plastering. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF PLASTERING ACCESSORIES A. General: Comply with referenced lathing and furring installation standards for provision and location of plaster accessories of type indicated. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Attach accessories securely to plaster bases to hold accessories in place and in alignment during plastering. Install accessories of type indicated at following locations: 1. External Corners: Install corner reinforcement at external corners. 2. Terminations of Plaster: Install casing beads, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Control Joints: Install at locations indicated or, if not indicated, at locations complying with the following criteria and approved by Architect: a. Where an expansion or contraction joint occurs in surface of construction directly behind plaster membrane. b. Distance between Control Joints: Not to exceed 18 feet in either direction or a length -to -width ratio of 2 -1/2 to 1. C. Wall Areas: Not more than 144 sq. ft. 5125/07 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220 - Page 4 of 5 3.3 PLASTER APPLICATION A. Plaster Application Standard: Apply plaster materials, composition, and mixes to comply with ASTM C 926. B. Do not use materials that are frozen, caked, lumpy, dirty, or contaminated by foreign materials. C. Do not use excessive water in mixing and applying plaster materials. D. Flat Surface Tolerances: Do not deviate more than plus or minus 1/8 inch in 10 feet from a true plane in finished plaster surfaces, as measured by a 10 -foot straightedge placed at any location on surface. E. Grout hollow -metal frames, bases, and similar work occurring in plastered areas, with base - coat plaster material, and before lathing where necessary. Except where full grouting is indicated or required for fire - resistance rating, grout at least 6 inches at each jamb anchor. F. Sequence plaster application with installation and protection of other work so that neither will be damaged by installation of other. G. Plaster flush with metal frames and other built -in metal items or accessories that act as a plaster ground, unless otherwise indicated. H. Corners: Make internal corners and angles square; finish external corners flush with corner . beads on interior work, square and true with plaster faces on exterior work. Number of Coats: Apply plaster of composition indicated, to comply with the following requirements: 2.1. Two Coats: Over the following plaster bases: a. Concrete unit masonry. b. Concrete, cast -in -place or precast when surface condition complies with ASTM C 926 for plaster bonded to solid base. J. Finish Coats: Apply finish coats to comply with the following requirements: 1. Float Finish: Apply finish coat to a minimum thickness of 1/8 inch to completely cover base coat, uniformly floated to a true even plane with fine- textured finish matching Architect's sample. 2. Prepared Finish: Apply stucco finish coats to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch, replace, repair, and point up plaster as necessary to accommodate other work. Repair cracks and indented surfaces. Point -up finish plaster surfaces around items that are built into or penetrate plaster surfaces. Repair or replace work to eliminate blisters, buckles, check cracking, dry outs, efflorescence, excessive pinholes, and similar defects. Repair or replace work as necessary to comply with required visual effects. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Remove temporary covering and other provisions made to minimize spattering of plaster on other work. Promptly remove plaster from door frames, windows, and other surfaces not to be plastered. Repair surfaces stained, marred or otherwise damaged during plastering work. When plastering work is completed, remove unused materials, containers, equipment, and plaster debris. 0 5/25/07 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section 09220 - Page 5 of 5 B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure plaster work is without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09220 5/25/07 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09260 - Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS e A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum wallboard. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 6 Section 'Rough Carpentry " for wood framing and furring. 2. Division 7 Section "Building Insulation" for insulation installed in gypsum board assemblies. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Gypsum Board Terminology: Refer to ASTM C 11 for definitions of terms for gypsum board assemblies not defined in this Section or in other referenced standards. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages, containers, or bundles bearing brand name and identification of manufacturer or supplier. B. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against damage from weather, direct sunlight, surface contamination, corrosion, construction traffic, and other causes. Stack gypsum panels flat to prevent sagging. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C 840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written recommendations, whichever are more stringent. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following: 1. Gypsum Board and Related Products: a. G -P Gypsum Corp., www.gp.com. b. Lafarge Gypsum, www.lafargecorp.com. C. National Gypsum Company, www.national-gypsum.com. d. United States Gypsum Co., www.usg.com. 2.2 INTERIOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD ' A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and correspond with support system indicated. B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. 5/25/07 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09260 - Page 2 of 6 1. Type: a. Thickness: ' /2 ". b. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Location: As indicated. d. Provide high impact wall board with abrasion resistant surface and fiberglass mesh reinforcement throughout first floor on all walls. C. Water- Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M. 1. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Paper -faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners, unless otherwise indicated. b. LC -Bead: J- shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound; use at exposed panel edges. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. 2. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use drying -type, all - purpose. compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use drying -type, all- purpose compound. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and ' manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Walls: a. Fire - Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. b. Thickness: 3 1/2 inch. C. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 7 Section "Building Insulation." 2.6 TEXTURE FINISHES A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: ' 1. Aggregate Finish: a. G -P Gypsum Corp.; GyProc Vermiculite Ceiling Texture. ' 5/25/07 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES ' Section 09260 - Page 3 of 6 b. United States Gypsum Co.; SHEETROCK Wall and Ceiling Spray Texture ' (Aggregated). B. Primer: As recommended by textured finish manufacturer. ' C. Aggregate Finish: Water- based, job- mixed, aggregated, drying -type texture finish for spray application. 1. Texture: Spatter knock -down. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ' 3.2 INSTALLING SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKETS ' A. General: Install where indicated in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. B. In Walls: 1. Install after mechanical and electrical work is complete. ' 2. "Friction -fit" blankets between studs after cover material has been installed on one side. Wall cavities shall be completely filled, without gaps and voids. 3. Fit blankets tightly to mechanical and electrical items. 4. Where heights are over 8 feet and without a cover material, secure blankets in place ' with wire strands with first wire placed horizontally at 8 feet above floor, then spaced horizontally 2 feet apart. Stretch and tie wire strands at every fourth stud. 5. Pack insulation around door /window frames, in cracks, and other voids. ' 3.3 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS, GENERAL A. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: ASTM C 840 and GA -216. B. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels, unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. ' C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of ' adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. IE. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. F. At Floor Slab: 1. For Rated and Non -Rated Walls: Leave 1/4 inch maximum space between floor slab ' and bottom edge of gypsum board. 5/25/07 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09260 - Page 4 of 6 G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. H. At Door and Window Openings: 1. Install gypsum board with 'h inch minimum penetration behind door frame faces. 2. Install all wallboard vertical. Joints must be tapered joints and not occur at corner of frames. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide - dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members using resilient channels, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. At Exterior Walls: 1. For solid masonry exterior walls, install rigid insulation boards or insulation blankets between wood furring channels affixed to interior side of wall and finish with board and vapor retarder. 2. Where penetrations are necessary in gypsum board wall completely seal and tape to maintain integrity of wall and vapor retarder. K. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishing standard and manufacturer's written recommendations. 1. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications. fl L. Space fasteners in soffit sheathing 4 inches o.c. around perimeter of panel and 8 inches o.c. I at intermediate framing members. 3.4 PANEL APPLICATION METHODS ' A. Single -Layer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall /partition board application to the greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated. ' 2. On partitions /walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire- resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. ' a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of board. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire - resistance -rated assembly. ' 3. On Z- furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. B. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. , 1. Attach all gypsum board with screws 3/8 inch to % inch from edges and space at no more than 8 inches on center at edges and 12 inches on center in the field. Drive screws so head rests in slight dimple without cutting face paper or fracturing core. ' 3.5 INSTALLING TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, ' fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. 1� �I 1 5125107 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. C. D. Section 09260 - Page 5 of 6 Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for tape. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840, for locations indicated: Level 1 K 3 4 DESCRIPTION All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. Where fire rating is required, comply with local governing code requirements. All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and one separate coat of joint compound applied over all joints, and accessories. Surface shall be free of excess joint compound. Tool marks and ridges are acceptable. All joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and two separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. It is recommended that the prepared surface be coated with a primer /sealer prior to the application of final finishes. Joints and interior angles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and three separate coats of joint compound applied over all joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. All joint compound shall be smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. Surfaces shall be coated with a primer /sealer prior to the application of final finishes. USE Plenum areas above ceilings, in attics, in areas where the assembly would generally be concealed, in areas not normally open to public view. Some degree of sound and smoke control is provided; in some areas referred to as "fire- taping ", where fire resistance rating is required, details must be in accordance with fire tests of assemblies that have met the fire rating requirement. Where W/R gypsum backing board is used as a substrate for tile. In areas which are to receive heavy or medium texture finishes before final painting, or where heavy grade wallcoverings are to be applied. In areas where light textures or wallcoverings are specified. Do not use unbacked vinyl wallcoverings over this level of finish. E. Finish joints as developed by The Gypsum Association for the following rooms, spaces as follows: 1. Walls used as a substrate for ceramic tile in toilets, baths, showers and similar wet areas: Level 2. 2. Above ceiling lines for walls in corridors, rooms, spaces, unless otherwise noted: Level 1. 3. Below ceiling lines in corridors, rooms, spaces unless otherwise noted: Level 4. 5/25/07 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES Section 09260 - Page 6 of 6 4. Ceilings which are to be painted: Level 4 with Light Textured Finish. F. After finishing is completed and before paint or wall covering is applied, inspect walls and make corrections to provide smooth surfaces free from defects. 1. Walls shall be plumb and true. 2. All corners shall be plumb and square. 3.7 APPLYING TEXTURE FINISHES A. Surface Preparation and Primer: Prepare and apply primer to gypsum panels and other surfaces receiving texture finishes. Apply primer to surfaces that are clean, dry, and smooth. B. Texture Finish Application: Mix and apply finish using powered spray equipment, to produce a uniform texture free of starved spots or other evidence of thin application or of application patterns. C. Prevent texture finishes from coming into contact with surfaces not indicated to receive texture finish by covering them with masking agents, polyethylene film, or other means. If, despite these precautions, texture finishes contact these surfaces, immediately remove droppings and overspray to prevent damage according to texture finish manufacturer's written recommendations. END OF SECTION 09260 t 1 5125/07 CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Ceramic floor tile. 2. Glazed wall tile. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Module Size: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499) plus joint width indicated. B. Facial Dimension: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499). C. Facial Dimension: Nominal tile size as defined in ANSI A137.1. 1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkway surfaces, provide products with the following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6 wet. B. TCA (Tile Council of America) — Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, latest edition. C. 2004 Florida Building Code. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and the pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in the substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of tile and grout indicated. Include Samples of accessories involving color selection. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain all the of same type and color or finish from one source or producer. 1. Obtain the from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer. C. Installer: Experienced installer who has successfully completed installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project. 5/25/07 CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 2 of 6 , 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels , intact until time of use. Comply with requirement in ANSI A137.1 for labeling sealed tile packages. B. Store the and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install the until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2- PRODUCTS ' 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for ' product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide the that complies with ANSI A137.1, "Specifications for Ceramic Tile," for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. B. Colors, Textures, and Patterns: Where manufacturer's standard products are indicated for tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors, surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, provide specific products or materials complying with the following requirements: 1. As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. ' 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Ceramic Floor Tile: , 1. Manufacturer: American Olean. 2. Composition: Arctica tile- Lichen Green. 3. Facial Dimensions: 12 by 12 inches. 4. Thickness: 3/8 inch. ' 5. Grout- Mushroom Sanded Grout. B. Glazed Wall Tile: ' 1. Module Size: 6 by 6 inches. 2. Thickness: 5/16 inch. 3. Face: Plain with modified square edges or cushion edges. 4. Mounting: Factory back - mounted. C. Glazed Wall Tile Trim Units: Matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile and coordinated with , sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: 1. Base for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Straight, module size 6 by 6 inches. Ll 1 1 1 5/25/07 CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 3 of 6 2. Wainscot Cap for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose, module size 6 by 2 inches. 3. External Corners for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. 4. Internal Corners: Field- butted square corners except with coved base and cap angle pieces designed to fit with stretcher shapes. D. Accessories for Glazed Wall Tile: Provide vitreous china accessories of type and size indicated, in color and finish to match adjoining wall tile, and intended for installing by same method as adjoining wall tile. 1. One soap holder with grab handle for each shower. 2.4 THRESHOLDS A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, aligning lower edge of bevel with adjacent floor finish. Limit height of bevel to 1/2 inch or less, and finish bevel to match face of threshold. 2.5 SETTING AND GROUTING MATERIALS A. Manufacturers 1. Bonsal, W. R., Company. 2. Bostik. 3. Custom Building Products. 4. DAP, Inc. 5. LATICRETE International Inc. 6. MAPEI Corporation. 7. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc. 8. Summitville Tiles, Inc. 9. TEC Specialty Products Inc. B. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar (Thin Set): ANSI A118.4, consisting of the following: 1. Prepackaged dry-mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, ethylene vinyl acetate additive to which only water must be added at Project site. a. For wall applications, provide nonsagging mortar that complies with Paragraph F- 4.6.1 in addition to the other requirements in ANSI A118.4. C. Standard Sanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. D. Standard Unsanded Cement Grout: ANSI A118.6, color as indicated. E. Polymer- Modified Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7, color as indicated. 1. Polymer Type: Either ethylene vinyl acetate, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients, or acrylic resin or styrene- butadiene rubber in liquid -latex form for addition to prepackaged dry-grout mix. a. Unsanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch and narrower. b. Sanded grout mixture for joints 1/8 inch and wider. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland cement - based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile- setting materials for installations indicated. B. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. 5/25/07 CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 4 of 6 ' C. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard silicone product for sealing grout joints that does not change color or appearance of grout. 1. Products: a. Bonsai, W. R., Company; Grout Sealer. b. Bostik; CeramaSeal Grout Sealer. C. C -Cure; Penetrating Sealer 978. , d. Southern Grouts & Mortars, Inc.; Silicone Grout Sealer. e. Summitville Tiles, Inc.; SL -15, Invisible Seal Penetrating Grout and Tile Sealer. 2.7 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT , A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. ' B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and , other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. ' PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION ' A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of oil, waxy films, and curing compounds; and within flatness tolerances required by referenced ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards for installations indicated. ' 2. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed before installing tile. ' 3. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Architect. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. ' 3.2 PREPARATION , A. Remove coatings, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, that are incompatible with tile- setting materials. ' B. Provide concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin -set mortar that complies with flatness tolerances specified in referenced ANSI A108 Series of the installation standards. 1. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions with trowelable leveling and patching compound according to tile- setting material manufacturer's written instructions. Use product ' specifically recommended by tile- setting material manufacturer. 2. Remove protrusions, bumps, and ridges by sanding or grinding. ' C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges selected during Sample submittals, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so the units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site ' before installing. I I' 5/25/07 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 5 of 6 A. ANSI Tile Installation Standards: Comply with parts of ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that apply to types of setting and grouting materials and to methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. B. TCA Installation Guidelines: TCA's "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation." Comply with TCA installation methods indicated in ceramic tile installation schedules. C. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions, unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. ' D. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of the without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built -in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. E. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern, unless otherwise indicated. Align joints when adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, and trim are same size. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform joint widths, unless otherwise indicated. F. Expansion Joints: Locate expansion joints and other sealant - filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Locate joints in tile surfaces directly above joints in concrete substrates. G. Grout tile to comply with requirements of the following the installation standards: ' 1. For ceramic tile grouts (sand - portland cement; dry-set, commercial portland cement; and latex - portland cement grouts), comply with ANSI Al 08.10. 2. For chemical- resistant epoxy grouts, comply with ANSI A108.6. 3. For chemical- resistant furan grouts, comply with ANSI A108.8. 3.4 FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION A. General: Install tile to comply with requirements in the Floor Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI A108 Series of tile installation standards. 1. For installations indicated below, follow procedures in ANSI A108 Series tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage. a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile floors composed of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. ' B. Joint Widths: Install the on floors with the following joint widths: 1. Ceramic Tile: 3/8 inch. ' C. Stone Thresholds: Install stone thresholds at locations indicated; set in same type of setting bed as abutting field tile, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Set thresholds in latex - portland cement mortar for locations where mortar bed would ' otherwise be exposed above adjacent nontile floor finish. . D. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated or where exposed edge of the flooring meets carpet, wood, or other flooring that finishes flush with top of tile. 5/25/07 CERAMIC TILE Section 09310 - Page 6 of 6 E. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to cementitious grout joints according to grout - sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints, remove excess sealer and sealer that has gotten on tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. 3.5 WALL TILE INSTALLATION A. Install types of tile designated for wall installations to comply with requirements in the Wall Tile Installation Schedule, including those referencing TCA installation methods and ANSI setting - bed standards. 3.6 3.7 W B. Joint Widths: Install tile on walls with the following joint widths: 1. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/16 inch. CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from the as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions, but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. t B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is I completed. FLOOR TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation: Interior floor installation on concrete; thin -set mortar, grout; TCA F115 and ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Ceramic floor tile. 2. Thin -Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Chemical- resistant, water - cleanable, tile- setting and - grouting epoxy. WALL TILE INSTALLATION SCHEDULE A. Tile Installation: Interior wall installation over water - resistant backer board; thin -set mortar; TCA B420, TCA W245, and ANSI A108.5. 1. Tile Type: Glazed wall tile. 2. Thin -Set Mortar: Latex- portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: Polymer- modified unsanded grout. END OF SECTION 09310 1 i it 117 F 5/25107 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09510 - Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Suspended metal grid system, complete with acoustical ceiling panels for interior installations. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in acoustical ceiling systems, similar to that specified, with 5 years minimum experience. B. Coordination of Work: 1. Coordinate the layout and installation of suspended grid components and ceiling panels with other work supported by or penetrating through ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire - suppression system components and partitions systems. 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Manufacturer's Product Data: Submit data for each type specified, indicating all technical information which specifies full compliance with requirements of this section, including installation instructions for grid system and ceiling panels. B. Samples: For each type of grid system including wall molding, main runner, cross tees, and 6 inch by 6 inch sample of each type of ceiling panel. 1.04 DELIVERY, HANDLING, STORAGE A. Do not deliver ceiling panels to job -site until the temperature conditions specified under "Environmental Requirements" of this Section are complied with. B. Products shall be delivered to job -site in original unopened packages bearing manufacturer's labels. C. Store and protect ceiling grid components in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Store ceiling panels in the environmental conditions required under "Environmental Requirements" of this section. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not begin installation until all wet work such as concrete and drywall is completed and thoroughly dried out. Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of construction dust and debris. 1.06 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide 2 percent of the installed amount of ceiling panels for each type and color as attic stock. Store in location as directed by the Owner. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.01 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. General: Each type of grid system specified below shall be complete with die -cut components of interlocking types and matching wall moldings, including accessories required to complete the grid installations, with maximum deflection of 1/360, conforming to requirements ofASTM C635. Tees shall be double web steel (ASTM A653) construction for direct hung installation. 5/25/07 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS ' Section 09510 - Page 2 of 3 1. Structural Classification: Intermediate duty. 2. Web Height of Main Runner: 1 -1/2 inch, and 1 -1/2 inch on cross tee unless indicated otherwise. Each exposed bottom flange shall be continuous with unbroken roll formed steel cap, extending the length of the member. 3. Wall moldings: Hemmed angle molding with nominal 9/16 inch exposed flange, made from .019 inch nominal steel. 4. Hanger wire: 12 gage minimum diameter galvanized carbon steel (ASTM A641), soft temper, prestretched, with a yield stress load of at least 3 times design load. 5. Finish: All steel roll- formed parts, including cap, shall be chemically cleaned, hot -dip galvanized and protective- conversion coated. All exposed surfaces, except aluminum, shall then receive a baked polyester finish. Aluminum caps shall be etched and receive a lacquer finish. 2.02 NON -RATED EXPOSED GRID SYSTEMS A. Product: Armstrong's 15/16 Inch Exposed Tee System. 1. Grid Size: To fit panel size scheduled. 2. Color: Factory- painted, white. 2.03 Lay -in Panels for 15/16 Inch Exposed Grids (except for kitchen): 1. Type: Armstrong's CIRRUS, #533. 2. Material: Wet- formed mineral fiber. 3. Size: 24" x 48" x 3/4 ". 4. Edges: Square Lay -In. 5. Color: White. 6. NRC:.70 2.04 Lay -in Panels for 15/16 Inch Exposed Grids (only at kitchen): 1. Type: Armstrong's FINE FISSURED CERAMAGUARD, #605. 2. Size: 24" x 48" x 5/8 ". 3. Edges: Square Lay -In. 4. Color: White. 5. NRC:.70 6. Sag Resistance: Huimiguard Max. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose installation is specified in other sections. B. Verify that existing conditions are ready to receive work. C. Beginning of suspended acoustical ceiling work means acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install ceiling system after major work above ceiling is complete. Coordinate the location of hangers with other work. B. Install ceiling system capable of supporting imposed loads to a deflection of 1/360 maximum 1. Variation from Flat to Level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. C. Hang grid system independent of walls, columns, ducts, pipes and conduit. Where carrying members are spliced, avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members. 5/25/07 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Section 09510 - Page 3 of 3 1 �J D. Where ducts or other equipment prevent the regular spacing of hangers, reinforce the nearest ' affected hangers and related carrying channels to span the extra distance. E. Do not support fixtures or other components on main runners or cross runners if weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability. 1. If fixtures or components are too heavy to be supported from ceiling grid, then the fixtures or components shall be supported directly from building structure. F. Do not eccentrically load ceiling system, or produce rotation of runners. G. Install edge molding at intersection of ceiling and vertical surfaces, using longest practical lengths. Edge molding width shall match suspension system width unless otherwise noted. 1. Miter corners. 2. Provide edge moldings at junctions with other interruptions. H. Installation of Ceiling Panels: 1. Install ceiling panels which are free from twist, warp, dents, damaged edges and other defects detrimental to appearance and function. Damaged panels shall be replaced at no additional cost to Owner. ' 2. Fit border panels neatly against abutting surfaces. 3. Paint all exposed cut tile edges to match color of un -cut tile edges. 3.03 ADJUSTMENTS AND CLEANING A. Adjust any sags or twists which developed in the ceiling systems. B. Clean exposed surfaces of grid systems and ceiling panels, including trim and edge moldings. 1. Comply with manufacturer's published instructions for cleaning and touch -up of minor damage to finish. C. Remove and replace work which cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to a condition which permanently eliminates evidence of damage. rEND OF SECTION- 1 �J 1 5/25/07 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE ISection 09651 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL ' 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Vinyl composition tile (VCT). B. Related Sections include the following: ' 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: Full -size units of each color and pattern of resilient floor the required. Include maintenance procedures, recommended maintenance materials, and suggested schedule for cleaning. D. Maintenance Data: Submit cleaning and maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE ' A. Manufacturer: Provide resilient tile flooring and accessories as produced by a single manufacturer, including primers, adhesives, sealants, and leveling compounds. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store tiles on flat surfaces. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS ' A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive floor the during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. ' B. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. C. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation. ' D. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 'PART 2- PRODUCTS 5/25/07 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE Section 09651 - Page 2 of 4 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products listed in other Part 2 articles. , 2.2 COLORS AND PATTERNS A. Colors and Patterns: As specified in the Construction Documents. 2.3 VINYL COMPOSITION TILE, VCT -1. A. Basis of Design: 1. Manufacturer: Knight Premium Flooring. 2. Product Line: QuartzScapes. 3. Color: Ultramarine 816 ' B. Size: 12 by 12 inches. 2.4 INSTALLATION MATERIALS ' A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by resilient product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water - resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION , 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, /moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, ' scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION , A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of resilient products. ' B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 3. Moisture Testing: a. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only ' after substrates pass testing. C. Do not install flooring on concrete which has been sealed. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or ' silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 5/25/07 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE ' Section 09651 - Page 3 of 4 D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. Concrete surfaces shall be smooth and flat with maximum variation of 1/8 inch in 10 feet, and ready to receive tile. E. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. ' F. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. G. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate and site conditions. 3.3 TILE INSTALLATION A. Install floor tile in accordance with latest edition of manufacturer's published instructions. ' B. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tiles at opposite edges of room are of equal width. Adjust as necessary to avoid using cut widths that equal less than one -half tile at perimeter. ' 1. Lay tiles square with room axis. C. Mix the tile from container to ensure shade variations are consistent. Discard broken, cracked, chipped, or deformed tiles. D. Tile Pattern: 1. Lay tiles with all joints aligned to square grid pattern and pattern grain parallel with all units, and parallel to length of room. 2. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room or area perimeter. ' E. Scribe, cut, and fit tiles to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces and permanent fixtures including built -in furniture, cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, door frames, thresholds, and nosings. ' F. Extend tiles into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. G. Adhere tiles to flooring substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. Press with heavy roller to attain full adhesion. ' H. Terminate floor tiles at centerline of doors where adjacent floor finish is dissimilar. I. Edge Strips: Install at unprotected or exposed edges, and where flooring terminates. ' 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient product installation: ' 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from exposed surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop surfaces to remove marks and soil. a. Do not wash surfaces until after time period recommended by manufacturer. 1 5/25/07 RESILIENT FLOOR TILE Section 09651 - Page 4 of 4 ' B. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Prohibit traffic on floor finish for 48 hours after installation. 2. Apply protective floor polish to horizontal surfaces that are free from soil, visible adhesive, and surface blemishes if recommended in writing by manufacturer. a. Use commercially available product acceptable to manufacturer. b. Coordinate selection of floor polish with Owner's maintenance service. 3. Cover products installed on horizontal surfaces with undyed, untreated building paper , until Substantial Completion. 4. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over surfaces. Place hardboard or plywood panels over flooring and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. ' END OF SECTION 09651 Ll d l 5/25/07 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Section 09653 - Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient base. 2. Resilient molding accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer in spaces to receive resilient products. B. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT BASE A. Resilient Base: • 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Allstate Rubber Corp.; Stoler Industries. b. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. C. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. d. Endura Rubber Flooring; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. e. Estrie Products International; American Biltrite (Canada) Ltd. f. Flexco, Inc. g. Johnsonite. h. Mondo Rubber International, Inc. i. Musson, R. C. Rubber Co. j. Nora Rubber Flooring; Freudenberg Building Systems, Inc. k. PRF USA, Inc. I. Roppe Corporation, USA. M. VPI, LLC; Floor Products Division. B. Resilient Base Standard: ASTM F 1861. 5/25/07 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Section 09653 - Page 2 of 3 1. Material Requirement: Type TV (vinyl, thermoplastic). 2. Manufacturing Method: Group I (solid, homogeneous). 3. Style: Cove (base with toe). C. Minimum Thickness: 0.125 inch. ' D. Height: 4 inches. E. Lengths: Coils in manufacturer's standard length. , F. Outside Corners: Preformed. G. Inside Corners: Job formed. ' H. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. ' 2.2 RESILIENT MOLDING ACCESSORY ' A. Resilient Molding Accessory: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: ' a. Burke Mercer Flooring Products; Division of Burke Industries, Inc. b. Flexco, Inc. C. Johnsonite. d. R.C.A. Rubber Company (The). e. Roppe Corporation, USA. f. VPI, LLC; Floor Products Division. , B. Description: Carpet bar for tackless installations, Nosing for resilient floor covering, Reducer strip for resilient floor covering, Joiner for tile and carpet and Transition strips. a ' C. Material: Vinyl. D. Colors and Patterns: As selected by Architect from full range of industry colors. ' 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex- modified, portland cement based or blended hydraulic- cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water- resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. ' 1. Use adhesives that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24): ' a. Cove Base Adhesives: Not more than 50 g /L. C l __JI u n 0 5/25107 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Section 09653 - Page 3 of 3 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound and remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. C. Do not install resilient products until they are same temperature as the space where they are to be installed. 1. Move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 3.2 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practicable without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. 3.3 . RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of carpet and resilient floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protection of resilient products. END OF SECTION 09653 1 1 1 1 1 5/25/07 TILE CARPETING Section 09681 - Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes modular carpet tile. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Carpet tile type, color, and dye lot. 2. Pattern of installation. 3. Edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 4. Transition details to other flooring materials. C. Samples: For each color and texture required. 1. Carpet Tile: Full -size Sample. D. Product Schedule: For carpet tile. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Maintenance data. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Comply with CRI 104, Section 7.2, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity" and Section 7.12, "Ventilation." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet tiles until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. C. Do not install carpet tiles over concrete slabs until slabs have cured and are sufficiently dry to bond with adhesive and concrete slabs have pH range recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. 0 5125107 TILE CARPETING Section 09681 - Page 2 of 3 1.6 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty for Carpet Tiles: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of carpet tile installation that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent loss of face fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs and delamination. 1. Warranty Period: 5 years from date of Substantial Completion. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Carpet Tile: Full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but not less than 10 sq. yd. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 CARPET TILE A. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Interface FLOR carpet tiles a. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Pile Characteristic: Tufted Textured loop pile. C. Total Weight: 17 oz. /sq. yd. for finished carpet tile. D. Primary Backing/ Backcoating: Manufacturer's standard composite materials. E. Secondary Backing: Manufacturer's standard material. F. Size: 20 by 20. G. Applied Soil- Resistance Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material. H. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard material. I. Performance Characteristics: As follows: 1. Antimicrobial Activity: Not less than 2 -mm halo of inhibition for gram - positive bacteria; not less than 1 -mm halo of inhibition for gram- negative bacteria; no fungal growth; per AATCC 174. 2. Environmental Requirements: Provide carpet the that complies with testing and product requirements of Carpet and Rug Institute's "Green Label Plus" program. 5/25/07 TILE CARPETING Section 09681 - Page 3 of 3 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, hydraulic- cement -based formulation provided or recommended by carpet tile manufacturer. B. Adhesives: Water- resistant, mildew- resistant, nonstaining, pressure- sensitive type to suit products and subfloor conditions indicated, that complies with flammability requirements for installed carpet tile and is recommended by carpet tile manufacturer for releasable installation. 1. VOC Limits: Provide adhesives with VOC content not more than 50 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA method 24). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 14, "Carpet Modules," and with carpet tile manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. Installation Method: As recommended in writing by carpet tile manufacturer. C. Extend carpet tile into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open- bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. D. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. END OF SECTION 09681 1 1 5125107 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PAINTING Section 09910 - Page 1 of 4 A. All field painting of interior and exterior exposed items and surfaces required to complete the work of this project. 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA - American's with Disabilities Act B. ASTM D523 - Test Method for Specular Gloss C. NPCA - National Paint Council Association D. VOC - Volatile Organic Compound 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in paint manufacture with 10 years experience. B. Employ only qualified painters with a minimum of 3 years experience for painting the materials specified in this section. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Color Schedule: 1. Before starting painting work, Architect will submit to Contractor a "Color Schedule" identifying coating type /sheen and color name /number from paint manufacturer approved for the work. 2. Upon completion of painting work, Contractor shall return "Color Schedule" to Architect, complete with manufacturer's formula for each scheduled color. a) Architect will submit "Color Schedule" to Owner to be used as information for maintenance paint. 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, HANDLING A. Deliver products to site in factory sealed and labeled containers. 1. Container labeling shall include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing. B. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 EXTRA STOCK A. Provide 5 gallon container of each color and type of paint to Owner. B. Label each container with color and texture, in addition to the manufacturer's label. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Paint products and systems shall comply with current federal, state, and regional VOC regulations. B. For purpose of designating type and quality of paint required, "Painting Schedule" specified in this section is based on paints manufactured by Sherwin- Williams. 1. "Paint Schedule" specifies the minimum number of primer and finish coats acceptable, which establishes the paint "system" required for the work. 5125/07 PAINTING Section 09910 - Page 2 of 4 C. For purpose of establishing color requirements, color numbers of a different manufacturer may be identified in "Finish Schedule ". 1. If so, paint colors approved in "Paint Schedule" shall be mixed to match color numbers identified in "Finish Schedule ". 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS A. The following manufacturers are acceptable only after compliance with requirements of this section: 1. Benjamin Moore and Company 2. ICI North America 3. Porter Paint Company 4. Duron Paints and Wall Coverings 2.03 PAINT SCHEDULE A. Exterior Paint Systems 1. Exterior Stucco: a) First Coat: Loxon Exterior Acrylic Masonry Primer b) Second Coat: A -100 Exterior Latex Flat. c) Third Coat: A -100 Exterior Latex Flat. 2. Exterior Woodwork and Trim - Paint Finish Water Base: a) First Coat: A -100 Exterior Latex Wood Primer. b) Second Coat: A -100 Exterior Latex Satin. c) Third Coat: A -100 Exterior Latex Satin. B. Interior Paint Systems: 1. Gypsum Wallboard Painted- Latex (Walls): a) First Coat: PrepRite 200 Latex Primer. b) Second Coat: EverClean Interior Latex Satin. c) Third Coat: EverClean Interior Latex Satin. 2. Gypsum Wallboard Painted- Latex (Ceiling): a) First Coat: PrepRite 200 Latex Primer. b) Second Coat: ProMar 200 B -30 Series Latex Flat. 3. Woodwork and Trim - Paint Finish Water Base: a) First Coat: PrepRite Classic Latex Primer. b) Second Coat: ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi Gloxx B31 Series. c) Third Coat: ProMar 200 Int. Latex Semi Gloxx B31 Series. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Surfaces scheduled to be finished shall be examined prior to commencement of work. 1. Painting Subcontractor shall report to General Contractor any condition that may potentially affect proper application. B. Prepare ALL surfaces in strict accordance with paint manufacturer's published instructions for each particular substrate condition. 1. Clean surfaces to be painted before applying paint or surface treatments. 2. Remove oil and grease prior to mechanical cleaning. 3. Schedule the cleaning and painting so that contaminants from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. C. For Interior Painting: 1. Provide continuous ventilation and heating facilities to maintain surface and ambient temperatures before, during and 48 hours after application of paint, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. --, I� 5/25/07 PAINTING ISection 09910 - Page 3 of 4 D. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures and similar ' items in place which are not to be painted OR provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting operations. 1. Following the completion of painting work of each space or area, reinstall the removed items. E. Correct minor defects and clean surfaces which affect work of this Section. ' F. Shellac and seal marks which may bleed through surface finishes. 3.02 CLEAN -UP AND PROTECTION ' Protect the this Section from damage disfiguration. A. elements surrounding work of or B. Furnish drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or droppings from ' disfiguring other surfaces. C. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by work of this Section. D. During progress of painting work: 1. Remove from site discarded paint materials, rubbish, cans and rags at end of each work day. ' 2. Maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris. 3. Remove paint where spilled, splashed, or splattered. ' 3.03 APPLICATION A. All painting work shall be completed before carpet work is started. ' 1. All walls shall be painted prior to installing ceiling grid /wall molding. B. Apply all coatings in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions. 1. Do not paint over dirt, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions otherwise ' detrimental to formation of paint film. 2. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime as required. 3. Notify Architect in writing of any anticipated problems in using the specified coating ' systems with substrates primed by others. 4. Do not paint over code - required labels. C. Application Temperatures (unless required otherwise by manufacturer's instructions): ' 1. 50 degree minimum, 90 degree maximum, humidity below 85 percent. D. Unless otherwise noted, all surfaces which will remain exposed to view (except factory finished ' items) shall receive field painting. 1. Unless otherwise noted, factory primed items which will remain exposed to view shall receive field painting. E. The number of coats specified herein for various finishes is customarily sufficient to obtain satisfactory finish, but should such finish not be obtained, it shall be responsibility of Contractor to apply additional coats as may be required. F. Do finishes to that dry. not apply surfaces are not ' G. Apply each coat to uniform finish. H. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved. 5/25/07 PAINTING Section 09910 - Page 4 of 4 I. Sand lightly between coats to achieve required finish. J. Allow applied coat to dry before next coat is applied. K. For job - painted woodwork: 1. Prime back of interior and exterior woodwork with primer. L. Behind Movable Equipment and Furniture: 1. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. 2. Paint surfaces behind permanently -fixed equipment or furniture with only a prime coat before final installation of equipment. M. Concealed Spaces: 1. Unless otherwise indicated, painting is not required on walls and ceilings in concealed or generally inaccessible areas. 3.04 SEALANT WORK A. Completely seal perimeters of door frames, window frames and view window frames with calking compound. Use exterior quality sealants to seal exterior side of frames. Comply with requirements of Section 07920 - Building Joint Sealers. END OF SECTION 1 1 5/25/07 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Section 10520 - Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Portable fire extinguishers. 2. Fire - protection cabinets. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Fire Extinguishers: Include rating and classification. 2. Fire - Protection Cabinets: Include door hardware, cabinet type, trim style, panel style, and details of installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate size of fire - protection cabinets to ensure that type and capacity of fire extinguishers indicated are accommodated. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of portable fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 1 year from date of Substantial Completion. 5/25107 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Section 10520 - Page 2 of 4 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, manufacturers specified. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold - Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated, and as follows: 1. Sheet: ASTM B 209. 2. Extruded Shapes: ASTM B 221. C. Transparent Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D 4802, Category A -1, 1.5 mm thick, with Finish 1 (smooth or polished). 2.3 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Manufacturers: 1. Amerex Corporation. 2. Ansul Incorporated. 3. Badger Fire Protection. 4. Buckeye Fire Equipment Company. 5. Fire End & Croker Corporation. 6. General Fire Extinguisher Corporation. 7. JL Industries, Inc. 8. Kidde Fyrnetics. 9. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 10. Modern Metal Products; Div. of Technico. 11. Moon American. 12. Potter Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. B. General: Provide fire extinguishers of type, size, and capacity for each fire- protection cabinet indicated. 1. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B and bar coding for documenting fire extinguisher location, inspections, maintenance, and recharging. 5/25/07 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Section 10520 - Page 3 of 4 C. Multipurpose Dry- Chemical Type in Steel Container 5 -lb 3- A:40 -B:C, nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in enameled -steel container. 2.4 FIRE - PROTECTION CABINET - FEC A. Basis -of- Design Product: Larsen's Fire Extinguisher Cabinets; "Vertical Duo" or a comparable product by one of the following: B. Manufacturers: 1. Fire End & Croker Corporation. 2. General Accessory Mfg. Co. 3. JL Industries, Inc. 4. Kidde Fyrnetics. 5. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 6. Modern Metal Products; Div. of Technico. 7. Moon American. 8. Potter Roemer; Div. of Smith Industries, Inc. C. Cabinet Type: Suitable for fire extinguisher. D. Cabinet Construction: Nonrated. E. Cabinet Material: Enameled -steel sheet. F. Semi- recessed Cabinet: Cabinet box partially recessed in walls of shallow depth to suit style of trim indicated; with one -piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surrounding wall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge (backbend). 1. , Square -Edge Trim: 1 -1/4- to 1 -1/2 -inch backbend depth. 2. Rolled -Edge Trim: 2 -1/2 -inch backbend depth. G. Cabinet Trim Material: Same material and finish as door. H. Door Material: Aluminum sheet, Extruded - aluminum shapes. I. Door Style: Vertical duo panel with frame. J. Door Glazing: Acrylic sheet. 1. Acrylic Sheet Color: Clear transparent acrylic sheet. K. Door Hardware: Manufacturer's standard door - operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and door material and style indicated. 1. Provide projecting door pull and friction latch. 2. Provide continuous hinge, of same material and finish as trim permitting door to open 180 degrees. L. Finishes: 5/25/07 FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES Section 10520 - Page 4 of 4 1. Aluminum: Class I, clear anodic coating complying with AAMA 611. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Examine walls and partitions for suitable framing depth and blocking where semi - recessed cabinets will be installed. B. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. Remove and replace damaged, defective,.or undercharged units. C. Prepare recesses for semi- recessed fire - protection cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and trim style. D. Install fire - protection specialties in locations and at mounting heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. E. Fire - Protection Cabinets: Fasten fire - protection cabinets to structure, square and plumb. F. Adjust fire- protection cabinet doors to operate easily without binding. Verify that integral locking devices operate properly. G. Replace fire - protection cabinets that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair. END OF SECTION 10520 -225i-.20C17 16.X1_1 =139876; F S,i I A RE PAGE 02x'0 ,4 l F4,h�1I Ter~ � o % t Flo��. .d 2?,79 Broad Street, Brooksville, Florida 84604 -6899 Mater 2��ti ^lCf (352) 796.7211 or 1.300- 423 -1376 (FL only) SUNCOM F2 °4150 Tpp only 1-800-231-6103 (FL only) do the Mtornetat: WaterMa'L'ters.or An Cquil Opporti.init/ Cmploynr 1'11mnC198 R- ",Inrry" Rice Chelr, Posoo Jrldith C. WhIlWhoad Vice Chair, Hernando Noll combed Secretary, P011i 160nifer E. Closahoy Treasurer, Hillsborough Edward W. chonce Manatee Thnmot- G. Dabney Sarasota Holds B. McCrea Hlllsborouph Sallie P;Irlks Plnellas Todd PrAa9man Pinellas Marl0a Rovira- Forino Hillsboroufih Patsy C. Symons DoSoto David L. Moors rxr..nutivo Director Wililam S. B,lenky GOneral Counsel Bartow Service Office 170 Century Boulevard idarLow, Florldo 33830 -7700 ($G3) 581 - 1448 or 1:800-49 2.7$ (32 (FL only) SUNCOM 572.6200 .June 25, 2007 l.0eanto serv1e0 office Sullc 226 3600 WOSt sovereign Path Lecento, Florida 34403.•8070 (352) 527 "$3.31 SUNCOM 667•:2.71 Jane. Harper Family Resources; Inc. 5180 62nd Avenue North Pinellas Park, FL 33781 Sarasota sorVICO office (3750 Frultvllle ttoad 513r9San, Florida 34240 -9711 (94 1) 37i 06/25/2007 16:20 813'987E,746 S1A Vj � PAGE 03/' - ,F,�.P9L: TPA PE ' 0:� P�rmlt,No.: 47032925.000 Page 2 of 2 June 25, 2007 Failure to file a request for hearing within this time period shall constitute a waiver of any right you or such person may have to request a hearing under Sections 120.569 and 120.57, F.S, Mediation pursuant to Section 120.573, F.S,, to settle an administrative dispute regarding the District's action in this matter is not available prior to the filing of a request for hearing. Enclosed is a "Noticing Packet" that provides information regarding the District Rule 40D-1.1010, F.A.C., which addresses the notification of persons whose substantial interests may be affected by the District's action in this matter. The packet contains guidelines on how to provide notice of the District's action, and a notice that you may use, if you have questions regarding this permit, please contact Yolanda V. Velazquez, at the Tampa Service Office, extension 7003. Sincerely, r Alba E. M6s, P.E., Director Tampa Regulation department AEM:YW:gJn Enclosures: Rules 40D- 400,475, F,A.C. Exhibit A Notice of Authorization to Commence Construction Approved Construction Drawings Sections 28- 106.201 and 28- 106.301, F.A.C. Noticing Packet (42.00 -039) cc: File of Record 47032925,000 Brett N. Oldford, P. E., Atwell -Hicks